]> gcc.gnu.org Git - gcc.git/blame - gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c
t-rs6000: Add dependence of cfglayout.h to rs6000.o.
[gcc.git] / gcc / config / sparc / sparc.c
CommitLineData
ab835497 1/* Subroutines for insn-output.c for Sun SPARC.
4592bdcb 2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
ae46c4e0 3 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
ab835497 4 Contributed by Michael Tiemann (tiemann@cygnus.com)
61a55e8b
DE
5 64 bit SPARC V9 support by Michael Tiemann, Jim Wilson, and Doug Evans,
6 at Cygnus Support.
ab835497
RK
7
8This file is part of GNU CC.
9
10GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
13any later version.
14
15GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18GNU General Public License for more details.
19
20You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
c15c9075
RK
22the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
ab835497 24
ab835497 25#include "config.h"
284d86e9 26#include "system.h"
4977bab6
ZW
27#include "coretypes.h"
28#include "tm.h"
210aa14a 29#include "tree.h"
ab835497
RK
30#include "rtl.h"
31#include "regs.h"
32#include "hard-reg-set.h"
33#include "real.h"
34#include "insn-config.h"
35#include "conditions.h"
ab835497
RK
36#include "output.h"
37#include "insn-attr.h"
38#include "flags.h"
49ad7cfa 39#include "function.h"
ab835497 40#include "expr.h"
e78d8e51
ZW
41#include "optabs.h"
42#include "libfuncs.h"
ab835497 43#include "recog.h"
487a6e06 44#include "toplev.h"
d07d525a 45#include "ggc.h"
b1474bb7 46#include "tm_p.h"
e78d8e51 47#include "debug.h"
672a6f42
NB
48#include "target.h"
49#include "target-def.h"
117dca74 50#include "cfglayout.h"
ab835497 51
61a55e8b
DE
52/* 1 if the caller has placed an "unimp" insn immediately after the call.
53 This is used in v8 code when calling a function that returns a structure.
06b967f9
RK
54 v9 doesn't have this. Be careful to have this test be the same as that
55 used on the call. */
56
57#define SKIP_CALLERS_UNIMP_P \
58(!TARGET_ARCH64 && current_function_returns_struct \
59 && ! integer_zerop (DECL_SIZE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))) \
60 && (TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))) \
61 == INTEGER_CST))
61a55e8b 62
ab835497
RK
63/* Global variables for machine-dependent things. */
64
61a55e8b
DE
65/* Size of frame. Need to know this to emit return insns from leaf procedures.
66 ACTUAL_FSIZE is set by compute_frame_size() which is called during the
67 reload pass. This is important as the value is later used in insn
68 scheduling (to see what can go in a delay slot).
69 APPARENT_FSIZE is the size of the stack less the register save area and less
70 the outgoing argument area. It is used when saving call preserved regs. */
71static int apparent_fsize;
72static int actual_fsize;
73
33074e5f
RH
74/* Number of live general or floating point registers needed to be
75 saved (as 4-byte quantities). */
e48addee
JJ
76static int num_gfregs;
77
ab835497
RK
78/* Save the operands last given to a compare for use when we
79 generate a scc or bcc insn. */
ab835497
RK
80rtx sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1;
81
33074e5f
RH
82/* Coordinate with the md file wrt special insns created by
83 sparc_nonflat_function_epilogue. */
84bool sparc_emitting_epilogue;
ab835497 85
563c12b0
RH
86/* Vector to say how input registers are mapped to output registers.
87 HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM cannot be remapped by this function to
88 eliminate it. You must use -fomit-frame-pointer to get that. */
d70e94ec 89char leaf_reg_remap[] =
ab835497
RK
90{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
91 -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 14, -1,
92 -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
93 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, 15,
94
95 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
96 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
97 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
61a55e8b
DE
98 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
99 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71,
100 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
101 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87,
102 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
c4ce6853 103 96, 97, 98, 99, 100};
ab835497 104
7d167afd
JJ
105/* Vector, indexed by hard register number, which contains 1
106 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
107 function treatment. */
108char sparc_leaf_regs[] =
109{ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
110 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
111 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
112 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1,
113 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
114 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
115 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
116 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
117 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
118 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
119 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
120 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
121 1, 1, 1, 1, 1};
122
ab835497
RK
123/* Name of where we pretend to think the frame pointer points.
124 Normally, this is "%fp", but if we are in a leaf procedure,
61a55e8b
DE
125 this is "%sp+something". We record "something" separately as it may be
126 too big for reg+constant addressing. */
127
3bb5de61 128static const char *frame_base_name;
61a55e8b 129static int frame_base_offset;
ab835497 130
f6da8bc3
KG
131static void sparc_init_modes PARAMS ((void));
132static int save_regs PARAMS ((FILE *, int, int, const char *,
c85f7c16 133 int, int, int));
f6da8bc3
KG
134static int restore_regs PARAMS ((FILE *, int, int, const char *, int, int));
135static void build_big_number PARAMS ((FILE *, int, const char *));
136static int function_arg_slotno PARAMS ((const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *,
c85f7c16
JL
137 enum machine_mode, tree, int, int,
138 int *, int *));
8947065c 139
f6da8bc3
KG
140static int supersparc_adjust_cost PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx, int));
141static int hypersparc_adjust_cost PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx, int));
f6da8bc3
KG
142
143static void sparc_output_addr_vec PARAMS ((rtx));
144static void sparc_output_addr_diff_vec PARAMS ((rtx));
145static void sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors PARAMS ((void));
f6da8bc3
KG
146static int check_return_regs PARAMS ((rtx));
147static int epilogue_renumber PARAMS ((rtx *, int));
301d03af 148static bool sparc_assemble_integer PARAMS ((rtx, unsigned int, int));
4df1190a 149static int set_extends PARAMS ((rtx));
e77d72cb 150static void output_restore_regs PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
08c148a8
NB
151static void sparc_output_function_prologue PARAMS ((FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT));
152static void sparc_output_function_epilogue PARAMS ((FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT));
153static void sparc_flat_function_epilogue PARAMS ((FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT));
154static void sparc_flat_function_prologue PARAMS ((FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT));
155static void sparc_nonflat_function_epilogue PARAMS ((FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT,
156 int));
157static void sparc_nonflat_function_prologue PARAMS ((FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT,
158 int));
ede75ee8 159#ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
715bdd29 160static void sparc_elf_asm_named_section PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned int));
ede75ee8 161#endif
ae46c4e0
RH
162static void sparc_aout_select_section PARAMS ((tree, int,
163 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT))
164 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
b64a1b53
RH
165static void sparc_aout_select_rtx_section PARAMS ((enum machine_mode, rtx,
166 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT))
167 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
c237e94a
ZW
168
169static int sparc_adjust_cost PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx, int));
170static int sparc_issue_rate PARAMS ((void));
c237e94a 171static void sparc_sched_init PARAMS ((FILE *, int, int));
fae15c93
VM
172static int sparc_use_dfa_pipeline_interface PARAMS ((void));
173static int sparc_use_sched_lookahead PARAMS ((void));
73985940
RH
174
175static void emit_soft_tfmode_libcall PARAMS ((const char *, int, rtx *));
176static void emit_soft_tfmode_binop PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, rtx *));
177static void emit_soft_tfmode_unop PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, rtx *));
178static void emit_soft_tfmode_cvt PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, rtx *));
179static void emit_hard_tfmode_operation PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, rtx *));
fb49053f 180
4977bab6 181static bool sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall PARAMS ((tree, tree));
3961e8fe
RH
182static void sparc_output_mi_thunk PARAMS ((FILE *, tree, HOST_WIDE_INT,
183 HOST_WIDE_INT, tree));
3c50106f 184static bool sparc_rtx_costs PARAMS ((rtx, int, int, int *));
61a55e8b
DE
185\f
186/* Option handling. */
187
a0a301fc 188/* Code model option as passed by user. */
3bb5de61 189const char *sparc_cmodel_string;
a0a301fc
DE
190/* Parsed value. */
191enum cmodel sparc_cmodel;
192
1cb36a98
RH
193char sparc_hard_reg_printed[8];
194
16956f6e
DE
195struct sparc_cpu_select sparc_select[] =
196{
197 /* switch name, tune arch */
198 { (char *)0, "default", 1, 1 },
199 { (char *)0, "-mcpu=", 1, 1 },
200 { (char *)0, "-mtune=", 1, 0 },
db3d4438 201 { 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16956f6e 202};
733f53f5 203
16956f6e
DE
204/* CPU type. This is set from TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT and -m{cpu,tune}=xxx. */
205enum processor_type sparc_cpu;
672a6f42
NB
206\f
207/* Initialize the GCC target structure. */
301d03af
RS
208
209/* The sparc default is to use .half rather than .short for aligned
210 HI objects. Use .word instead of .long on non-ELF systems. */
211#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
212#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.half\t"
213#ifndef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
214#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
215#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.word\t"
216#endif
217
218#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP
219#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.uahalf\t"
220#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP
221#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.uaword\t"
222#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP
223#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.uaxword\t"
224
225/* The target hook has to handle DI-mode values. */
226#undef TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
227#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER sparc_assemble_integer
228
08c148a8
NB
229#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
230#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE sparc_output_function_prologue
231#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
232#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE sparc_output_function_epilogue
733f53f5 233
c237e94a
ZW
234#undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
235#define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST sparc_adjust_cost
236#undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
237#define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE sparc_issue_rate
c237e94a
ZW
238#undef TARGET_SCHED_INIT
239#define TARGET_SCHED_INIT sparc_sched_init
fae15c93
VM
240#undef TARGET_SCHED_USE_DFA_PIPELINE_INTERFACE
241#define TARGET_SCHED_USE_DFA_PIPELINE_INTERFACE sparc_use_dfa_pipeline_interface
242#undef TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
243#define TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD sparc_use_sched_lookahead
c237e94a 244
4977bab6
ZW
245#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
246#define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall
247
c590b625
RH
248#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
249#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK sparc_output_mi_thunk
3961e8fe
RH
250#undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
251#define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK default_can_output_mi_thunk_no_vcall
c590b625 252
3c50106f
RH
253#undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
254#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS sparc_rtx_costs
dcefdf67
RH
255#undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
256#define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST hook_int_rtx_0
3c50106f 257
f6897b10 258struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
672a6f42 259\f
61a55e8b
DE
260/* Validate and override various options, and do some machine dependent
261 initialization. */
262
263void
264sparc_override_options ()
265{
a0a301fc 266 static struct code_model {
8b60264b
KG
267 const char *const name;
268 const int value;
269 } const cmodels[] = {
a0a301fc
DE
270 { "32", CM_32 },
271 { "medlow", CM_MEDLOW },
272 { "medmid", CM_MEDMID },
273 { "medany", CM_MEDANY },
274 { "embmedany", CM_EMBMEDANY },
275 { 0, 0 }
276 };
8b60264b 277 const struct code_model *cmodel;
16956f6e 278 /* Map TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT to value for -m{arch,tune}=. */
733f53f5 279 static struct cpu_default {
8b60264b
KG
280 const int cpu;
281 const char *const name;
282 } const cpu_default[] = {
a0a301fc 283 /* There must be one entry here for each TARGET_CPU value. */
16956f6e 284 { TARGET_CPU_sparc, "cypress" },
3592ea0d 285 { TARGET_CPU_sparclet, "tsc701" },
16956f6e 286 { TARGET_CPU_sparclite, "f930" },
a0a301fc 287 { TARGET_CPU_v8, "v8" },
8947065c
RH
288 { TARGET_CPU_hypersparc, "hypersparc" },
289 { TARGET_CPU_sparclite86x, "sparclite86x" },
a0a301fc
DE
290 { TARGET_CPU_supersparc, "supersparc" },
291 { TARGET_CPU_v9, "v9" },
ba542005 292 { TARGET_CPU_ultrasparc, "ultrasparc" },
fae15c93 293 { TARGET_CPU_ultrasparc3, "ultrasparc3" },
db3d4438 294 { 0, 0 }
733f53f5 295 };
8b60264b 296 const struct cpu_default *def;
16956f6e 297 /* Table of values for -m{cpu,tune}=. */
733f53f5 298 static struct cpu_table {
8b60264b
KG
299 const char *const name;
300 const enum processor_type processor;
301 const int disable;
302 const int enable;
303 } const cpu_table[] = {
16956f6e
DE
304 { "v7", PROCESSOR_V7, MASK_ISA, 0 },
305 { "cypress", PROCESSOR_CYPRESS, MASK_ISA, 0 },
306 { "v8", PROCESSOR_V8, MASK_ISA, MASK_V8 },
733f53f5 307 /* TI TMS390Z55 supersparc */
16956f6e
DE
308 { "supersparc", PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC, MASK_ISA, MASK_V8 },
309 { "sparclite", PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE, MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLITE },
733f53f5
DE
310 /* The Fujitsu MB86930 is the original sparclite chip, with no fpu.
311 The Fujitsu MB86934 is the recent sparclite chip, with an fpu. */
16956f6e
DE
312 { "f930", PROCESSOR_F930, MASK_ISA|MASK_FPU, MASK_SPARCLITE },
313 { "f934", PROCESSOR_F934, MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLITE|MASK_FPU },
8947065c 314 { "hypersparc", PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC, MASK_ISA, MASK_V8|MASK_FPU },
d3ec6b06
VM
315 { "sparclite86x", PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X, MASK_ISA|MASK_FPU,
316 MASK_SPARCLITE },
16956f6e 317 { "sparclet", PROCESSOR_SPARCLET, MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLET },
733f53f5 318 /* TEMIC sparclet */
3592ea0d 319 { "tsc701", PROCESSOR_TSC701, MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLET },
16956f6e 320 { "v9", PROCESSOR_V9, MASK_ISA, MASK_V9 },
5cb01b65
JJ
321 /* TI ultrasparc I, II, IIi */
322 { "ultrasparc", PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC, MASK_ISA, MASK_V9
323 /* Although insns using %y are deprecated, it is a clear win on current
80ffc95e 324 ultrasparcs. */
3276910d 325 |MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS},
fae15c93
VM
326 /* TI ultrasparc III */
327 /* ??? Check if %y issue still holds true in ultra3. */
328 { "ultrasparc3", PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3, MASK_ISA, MASK_V9|MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS},
db3d4438 329 { 0, 0, 0, 0 }
733f53f5 330 };
8b60264b
KG
331 const struct cpu_table *cpu;
332 const struct sparc_cpu_select *sel;
a0a301fc 333 int fpu;
345a6161 334
a0a301fc
DE
335#ifndef SPARC_BI_ARCH
336 /* Check for unsupported architecture size. */
337 if (! TARGET_64BIT != DEFAULT_ARCH32_P)
3276910d
RK
338 error ("%s is not supported by this configuration",
339 DEFAULT_ARCH32_P ? "-m64" : "-m32");
a0a301fc
DE
340#endif
341
4710d3eb
JJ
342 /* We force all 64bit archs to use 128 bit long double */
343 if (TARGET_64BIT && ! TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_128)
344 {
345 error ("-mlong-double-64 not allowed with -m64");
346 target_flags |= MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128;
347 }
348
a0a301fc
DE
349 /* Code model selection. */
350 sparc_cmodel = SPARC_DEFAULT_CMODEL;
345a6161
DM
351
352#ifdef SPARC_BI_ARCH
353 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
354 sparc_cmodel = CM_32;
355#endif
356
a0a301fc
DE
357 if (sparc_cmodel_string != NULL)
358 {
359 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
360 {
361 for (cmodel = &cmodels[0]; cmodel->name; cmodel++)
362 if (strcmp (sparc_cmodel_string, cmodel->name) == 0)
363 break;
364 if (cmodel->name == NULL)
365 error ("bad value (%s) for -mcmodel= switch", sparc_cmodel_string);
366 else
367 sparc_cmodel = cmodel->value;
368 }
369 else
370 error ("-mcmodel= is not supported on 32 bit systems");
371 }
16956f6e 372
a0a301fc 373 fpu = TARGET_FPU; /* save current -mfpu status */
1f1406b4 374
a0a301fc 375 /* Set the default CPU. */
16956f6e
DE
376 for (def = &cpu_default[0]; def->name; ++def)
377 if (def->cpu == TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT)
378 break;
379 if (! def->name)
380 abort ();
381 sparc_select[0].string = def->name;
382
383 for (sel = &sparc_select[0]; sel->name; ++sel)
61a55e8b 384 {
16956f6e 385 if (sel->string)
733f53f5 386 {
16956f6e
DE
387 for (cpu = &cpu_table[0]; cpu->name; ++cpu)
388 if (! strcmp (sel->string, cpu->name))
389 {
390 if (sel->set_tune_p)
391 sparc_cpu = cpu->processor;
392
393 if (sel->set_arch_p)
394 {
395 target_flags &= ~cpu->disable;
396 target_flags |= cpu->enable;
397 }
398 break;
399 }
400
401 if (! cpu->name)
402 error ("bad value (%s) for %s switch", sel->string, sel->name);
733f53f5 403 }
61a55e8b 404 }
97da85b7 405
1f1406b4 406 /* If -mfpu or -mno-fpu was explicitly used, don't override with
46cc13b3
RO
407 the processor default. Clear MASK_FPU_SET to avoid confusing
408 the reverse mapping from switch values to names. */
1f1406b4 409 if (TARGET_FPU_SET)
46cc13b3
RO
410 {
411 target_flags = (target_flags & ~MASK_FPU) | fpu;
412 target_flags &= ~MASK_FPU_SET;
413 }
1f1406b4 414
a5774a7d
JJ
415 /* Don't allow -mvis if FPU is disabled. */
416 if (! TARGET_FPU)
417 target_flags &= ~MASK_VIS;
418
419 /* -mvis assumes UltraSPARC+, so we are sure v9 instructions
420 are available.
421 -m64 also implies v9. */
422 if (TARGET_VIS || TARGET_ARCH64)
c4031a04
JJ
423 {
424 target_flags |= MASK_V9;
425 target_flags &= ~(MASK_V8 | MASK_SPARCLET | MASK_SPARCLITE);
426 }
a5774a7d 427
16956f6e
DE
428 /* Use the deprecated v8 insns for sparc64 in 32 bit mode. */
429 if (TARGET_V9 && TARGET_ARCH32)
733f53f5 430 target_flags |= MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS;
61a55e8b 431
345a6161
DM
432 /* V8PLUS requires V9, makes no sense in 64 bit mode. */
433 if (! TARGET_V9 || TARGET_ARCH64)
284d86e9
JC
434 target_flags &= ~MASK_V8PLUS;
435
82d6b402
RH
436 /* Don't use stack biasing in 32 bit mode. */
437 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
438 target_flags &= ~MASK_STACK_BIAS;
f952a238 439
efa3896a 440 /* Supply a default value for align_functions. */
fae15c93
VM
441 if (align_functions == 0
442 && (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
443 || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3))
efa3896a 444 align_functions = 32;
bf62bbf1 445
82d6b402
RH
446 /* Validate PCC_STRUCT_RETURN. */
447 if (flag_pcc_struct_return == DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN)
448 flag_pcc_struct_return = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? 0 : 1);
449
301d03af
RS
450 /* Only use .uaxword when compiling for a 64-bit target. */
451 if (!TARGET_ARCH64)
452 targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op.di = NULL;
453
61a55e8b
DE
454 /* Do various machine dependent initializations. */
455 sparc_init_modes ();
456}
457\f
cd5fb1ee
DE
458/* Miscellaneous utilities. */
459
460/* Nonzero if CODE, a comparison, is suitable for use in v9 conditional move
461 or branch on register contents instructions. */
462
463int
464v9_regcmp_p (code)
465 enum rtx_code code;
466{
467 return (code == EQ || code == NE || code == GE || code == LT
468 || code == LE || code == GT);
469}
bfd6bc60 470
cd5fb1ee
DE
471\f
472/* Operand constraints. */
473
5e7a8ee0 474/* Return nonzero only if OP is a register of mode MODE,
e6c1be7e 475 or const0_rtx. */
c4ce6853 476
ab835497
RK
477int
478reg_or_0_operand (op, mode)
479 rtx op;
480 enum machine_mode mode;
481{
c4ce6853
DE
482 if (register_operand (op, mode))
483 return 1;
c4ce6853 484 if (op == const0_rtx)
ab835497 485 return 1;
5b486ce0 486 if (GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
ab835497
RK
487 && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
488 && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) == 0)
489 return 1;
7ce86678 490 if (fp_zero_operand (op, mode))
302484ff 491 return 1;
ab835497
RK
492 return 0;
493}
494
5e7a8ee0 495/* Return nonzero only if OP is const1_rtx. */
84ea5bc1
JJ
496
497int
498const1_operand (op, mode)
499 rtx op;
500 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
501{
502 return op == const1_rtx;
503}
504
302484ff 505/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point value with value 0.0. */
c4ce6853 506
302484ff 507int
7ce86678 508fp_zero_operand (op, mode)
302484ff 509 rtx op;
7ce86678 510 enum machine_mode mode;
302484ff 511{
7ce86678
RH
512 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op)) != MODE_FLOAT)
513 return 0;
514 return op == CONST0_RTX (mode);
302484ff
JW
515}
516
2a732575
JJ
517/* Nonzero if OP is a register operand in floating point register. */
518
519int
520fp_register_operand (op, mode)
521 rtx op;
522 enum machine_mode mode;
523{
524 if (! register_operand (op, mode))
525 return 0;
526 if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
527 op = SUBREG_REG (op);
528 return GET_CODE (op) == REG && SPARC_FP_REG_P (REGNO (op));
529}
530
62190128
DM
531/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
532 be loaded into an integer register using a single
533 sethi instruction. */
534
535int
536fp_sethi_p (op)
537 rtx op;
538{
539 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
540 {
541 REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
542 long i;
543
544 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
545 if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, dconst0) &&
546 ! REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
547 return 0;
548 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
549 if (SPARC_SETHI_P (i))
550 return 1;
551 }
552
553 return 0;
554}
555
556/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
557 be loaded into an integer register using a single
558 mov instruction. */
559
560int
561fp_mov_p (op)
562 rtx op;
563{
564 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
565 {
566 REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
567 long i;
568
569 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
570 if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, dconst0) &&
571 ! REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
572 return 0;
573 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
574 if (SPARC_SIMM13_P (i))
575 return 1;
576 }
577
578 return 0;
579}
580
581/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
582 be loaded into an integer register using a high/losum
583 instruction sequence. */
584
585int
586fp_high_losum_p (op)
587 rtx op;
588{
589 /* The constraints calling this should only be in
590 SFmode move insns, so any constant which cannot
591 be moved using a single insn will do. */
592 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
593 {
594 REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
595 long i;
596
597 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
598 if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, dconst0) &&
599 ! REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
600 return 0;
601 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
602 if (! SPARC_SETHI_P (i)
603 && ! SPARC_SIMM13_P (i))
604 return 1;
605 }
606
607 return 0;
608}
609
61a55e8b
DE
610/* Nonzero if OP is an integer register. */
611
612int
613intreg_operand (op, mode)
614 rtx op;
487a6e06 615 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
61a55e8b
DE
616{
617 return (register_operand (op, SImode)
a9e27770 618 || (TARGET_ARCH64 && register_operand (op, DImode)));
61a55e8b
DE
619}
620
621/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point condition code register. */
622
623int
c4ce6853 624fcc_reg_operand (op, mode)
61a55e8b
DE
625 rtx op;
626 enum machine_mode mode;
627{
628 /* This can happen when recog is called from combine. Op may be a MEM.
629 Fail instead of calling abort in this case. */
c4ce6853 630 if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
61a55e8b 631 return 0;
304b7a23 632
c4ce6853 633 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
61a55e8b 634 return 0;
304b7a23
DE
635 if (mode == VOIDmode
636 && (GET_MODE (op) != CCFPmode && GET_MODE (op) != CCFPEmode))
637 return 0;
61a55e8b 638
c4ce6853 639#if 0 /* ??? ==> 1 when %fcc0-3 are pseudos first. See gen_compare_reg(). */
61a55e8b
DE
640 if (reg_renumber == 0)
641 return REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER;
642 return REGNO_OK_FOR_CCFP_P (REGNO (op));
643#else
c4ce6853 644 return (unsigned) REGNO (op) - SPARC_FIRST_V9_FCC_REG < 4;
61a55e8b
DE
645#endif
646}
647
0b82d204
JJ
648/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point condition code fcc0 register. */
649
650int
651fcc0_reg_operand (op, mode)
652 rtx op;
653 enum machine_mode mode;
654{
655 /* This can happen when recog is called from combine. Op may be a MEM.
656 Fail instead of calling abort in this case. */
657 if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
658 return 0;
659
660 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
661 return 0;
662 if (mode == VOIDmode
663 && (GET_MODE (op) != CCFPmode && GET_MODE (op) != CCFPEmode))
664 return 0;
665
666 return REGNO (op) == SPARC_FCC_REG;
667}
668
c4ce6853
DE
669/* Nonzero if OP is an integer or floating point condition code register. */
670
671int
672icc_or_fcc_reg_operand (op, mode)
673 rtx op;
674 enum machine_mode mode;
675{
676 if (GET_CODE (op) == REG && REGNO (op) == SPARC_ICC_REG)
304b7a23
DE
677 {
678 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
679 return 0;
680 if (mode == VOIDmode
681 && GET_MODE (op) != CCmode && GET_MODE (op) != CCXmode)
682 return 0;
683 return 1;
684 }
685
c4ce6853
DE
686 return fcc_reg_operand (op, mode);
687}
688
ab835497
RK
689/* Nonzero if OP can appear as the dest of a RESTORE insn. */
690int
691restore_operand (op, mode)
692 rtx op;
693 enum machine_mode mode;
694{
695 return (GET_CODE (op) == REG && GET_MODE (op) == mode
696 && (REGNO (op) < 8 || (REGNO (op) >= 24 && REGNO (op) < 32)));
697}
698
401cec23
JW
699/* Call insn on SPARC can take a PC-relative constant address, or any regular
700 memory address. */
ab835497
RK
701
702int
703call_operand (op, mode)
704 rtx op;
705 enum machine_mode mode;
706{
707 if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
708 abort ();
709 op = XEXP (op, 0);
2445f289 710 return (symbolic_operand (op, mode) || memory_address_p (Pmode, op));
ab835497
RK
711}
712
713int
714call_operand_address (op, mode)
715 rtx op;
716 enum machine_mode mode;
717{
2445f289 718 return (symbolic_operand (op, mode) || memory_address_p (Pmode, op));
ab835497
RK
719}
720
721/* Returns 1 if OP is either a symbol reference or a sum of a symbol
722 reference and a constant. */
723
724int
725symbolic_operand (op, mode)
726 register rtx op;
727 enum machine_mode mode;
728{
6871dd65
RH
729 enum machine_mode omode = GET_MODE (op);
730
731 if (omode != mode && omode != VOIDmode && mode != VOIDmode)
732 return 0;
733
ab835497
RK
734 switch (GET_CODE (op))
735 {
736 case SYMBOL_REF:
737 case LABEL_REF:
738 return 1;
739
740 case CONST:
741 op = XEXP (op, 0);
742 return ((GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
743 || GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == LABEL_REF)
744 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT);
745
ab835497
RK
746 default:
747 return 0;
748 }
749}
750
751/* Return truth value of statement that OP is a symbolic memory
752 operand of mode MODE. */
753
754int
755symbolic_memory_operand (op, mode)
756 rtx op;
487a6e06 757 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497
RK
758{
759 if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
760 op = SUBREG_REG (op);
761 if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
762 return 0;
763 op = XEXP (op, 0);
764 return (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (op) == CONST
765 || GET_CODE (op) == HIGH || GET_CODE (op) == LABEL_REF);
766}
767
5ab7138b
DE
768/* Return truth value of statement that OP is a LABEL_REF of mode MODE. */
769
770int
771label_ref_operand (op, mode)
772 rtx op;
773 enum machine_mode mode;
774{
775 if (GET_CODE (op) != LABEL_REF)
776 return 0;
777 if (GET_MODE (op) != mode)
778 return 0;
779 return 1;
780}
781
95726648
DE
782/* Return 1 if the operand is an argument used in generating pic references
783 in either the medium/low or medium/anywhere code models of sparc64. */
784
785int
786sp64_medium_pic_operand (op, mode)
787 rtx op;
487a6e06 788 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
95726648
DE
789{
790 /* Check for (const (minus (symbol_ref:GOT)
791 (const (minus (label) (pc))))). */
792 if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST)
793 return 0;
794 op = XEXP (op, 0);
795 if (GET_CODE (op) != MINUS)
796 return 0;
797 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF)
798 return 0;
799 /* ??? Ensure symbol is GOT. */
800 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) != CONST)
801 return 0;
802 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 1), 0)) != MINUS)
803 return 0;
804 return 1;
805}
806
61a55e8b
DE
807/* Return 1 if the operand is a data segment reference. This includes
808 the readonly data segment, or in other words anything but the text segment.
809 This is needed in the medium/anywhere code model on v9. These values
a0a301fc 810 are accessed with EMBMEDANY_BASE_REG. */
61a55e8b
DE
811
812int
813data_segment_operand (op, mode)
814 rtx op;
487a6e06 815 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
61a55e8b
DE
816{
817 switch (GET_CODE (op))
818 {
819 case SYMBOL_REF :
72628c61 820 return ! SYMBOL_REF_FUNCTION_P (op);
61a55e8b 821 case PLUS :
95726648
DE
822 /* Assume canonical format of symbol + constant.
823 Fall through. */
61a55e8b 824 case CONST :
b1474bb7 825 return data_segment_operand (XEXP (op, 0), VOIDmode);
61a55e8b
DE
826 default :
827 return 0;
828 }
829}
830
831/* Return 1 if the operand is a text segment reference.
832 This is needed in the medium/anywhere code model on v9. */
833
834int
835text_segment_operand (op, mode)
836 rtx op;
487a6e06 837 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
61a55e8b
DE
838{
839 switch (GET_CODE (op))
840 {
841 case LABEL_REF :
842 return 1;
843 case SYMBOL_REF :
72628c61 844 return SYMBOL_REF_FUNCTION_P (op);
61a55e8b 845 case PLUS :
95726648
DE
846 /* Assume canonical format of symbol + constant.
847 Fall through. */
61a55e8b 848 case CONST :
b1474bb7 849 return text_segment_operand (XEXP (op, 0), VOIDmode);
61a55e8b
DE
850 default :
851 return 0;
852 }
853}
854
ab835497
RK
855/* Return 1 if the operand is either a register or a memory operand that is
856 not symbolic. */
857
858int
859reg_or_nonsymb_mem_operand (op, mode)
860 register rtx op;
861 enum machine_mode mode;
862{
863 if (register_operand (op, mode))
864 return 1;
865
866 if (memory_operand (op, mode) && ! symbolic_memory_operand (op, mode))
867 return 1;
868
869 return 0;
870}
871
ab835497 872int
6ac34277 873splittable_symbolic_memory_operand (op, mode)
ab835497 874 rtx op;
487a6e06 875 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497 876{
6ac34277
DE
877 if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
878 return 0;
879 if (! symbolic_operand (XEXP (op, 0), Pmode))
880 return 0;
881 return 1;
882}
883
884int
885splittable_immediate_memory_operand (op, mode)
886 rtx op;
487a6e06 887 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6ac34277
DE
888{
889 if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
890 return 0;
891 if (! immediate_operand (XEXP (op, 0), Pmode))
892 return 0;
893 return 1;
ab835497
RK
894}
895
896/* Return truth value of whether OP is EQ or NE. */
897
898int
899eq_or_neq (op, mode)
900 rtx op;
487a6e06 901 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497
RK
902{
903 return (GET_CODE (op) == EQ || GET_CODE (op) == NE);
904}
905
906/* Return 1 if this is a comparison operator, but not an EQ, NE, GEU,
907 or LTU for non-floating-point. We handle those specially. */
908
909int
910normal_comp_operator (op, mode)
911 rtx op;
487a6e06 912 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497
RK
913{
914 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
915
916 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
917 return 0;
918
4d449554
JW
919 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == CCFPmode
920 || GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == CCFPEmode)
ab835497
RK
921 return 1;
922
923 return (code != NE && code != EQ && code != GEU && code != LTU);
924}
925
926/* Return 1 if this is a comparison operator. This allows the use of
927 MATCH_OPERATOR to recognize all the branch insns. */
928
929int
930noov_compare_op (op, mode)
931 register rtx op;
487a6e06 932 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497
RK
933{
934 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
935
936 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
937 return 0;
938
0b82d204
JJ
939 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == CC_NOOVmode
940 || GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == CCX_NOOVmode)
ab835497
RK
941 /* These are the only branches which work with CC_NOOVmode. */
942 return (code == EQ || code == NE || code == GE || code == LT);
943 return 1;
944}
945
0b82d204
JJ
946/* Return 1 if this is a 64-bit comparison operator. This allows the use of
947 MATCH_OPERATOR to recognize all the branch insns. */
948
949int
950noov_compare64_op (op, mode)
951 register rtx op;
952 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
953{
954 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
955
956 if (! TARGET_V9)
957 return 0;
958
959 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
960 return 0;
961
962 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == CCX_NOOVmode)
963 /* These are the only branches which work with CCX_NOOVmode. */
964 return (code == EQ || code == NE || code == GE || code == LT);
965 return (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == CCXmode);
966}
967
61a55e8b
DE
968/* Nonzero if OP is a comparison operator suitable for use in v9
969 conditional move or branch on register contents instructions. */
970
971int
972v9_regcmp_op (op, mode)
973 register rtx op;
487a6e06 974 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
61a55e8b
DE
975{
976 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
977
978 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
979 return 0;
980
cd5fb1ee 981 return v9_regcmp_p (code);
61a55e8b
DE
982}
983
ab835497
RK
984/* Return 1 if this is a SIGN_EXTEND or ZERO_EXTEND operation. */
985
986int
987extend_op (op, mode)
988 rtx op;
487a6e06 989 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497
RK
990{
991 return GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND || GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND;
992}
993
994/* Return nonzero if OP is an operator of mode MODE which can set
995 the condition codes explicitly. We do not include PLUS and MINUS
996 because these require CC_NOOVmode, which we handle explicitly. */
997
998int
999cc_arithop (op, mode)
1000 rtx op;
487a6e06 1001 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497
RK
1002{
1003 if (GET_CODE (op) == AND
1004 || GET_CODE (op) == IOR
1005 || GET_CODE (op) == XOR)
1006 return 1;
1007
1008 return 0;
1009}
1010
1011/* Return nonzero if OP is an operator of mode MODE which can bitwise
1012 complement its second operand and set the condition codes explicitly. */
1013
1014int
1015cc_arithopn (op, mode)
1016 rtx op;
487a6e06 1017 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497
RK
1018{
1019 /* XOR is not here because combine canonicalizes (xor (not ...) ...)
80ffc95e 1020 and (xor ... (not ...)) to (not (xor ...)). */
ab835497
RK
1021 return (GET_CODE (op) == AND
1022 || GET_CODE (op) == IOR);
1023}
1024\f
58cbf20e
DE
1025/* Return true if OP is a register, or is a CONST_INT that can fit in a
1026 signed 13 bit immediate field. This is an acceptable SImode operand for
1027 most 3 address instructions. */
ab835497
RK
1028
1029int
1030arith_operand (op, mode)
1031 rtx op;
1032 enum machine_mode mode;
1033{
11301057 1034 if (register_operand (op, mode))
284d86e9
JC
1035 return 1;
1036 if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
1037 return 0;
9e0625a3 1038 return SMALL_INT32 (op);
ab835497
RK
1039}
1040
5d6d3339
JJ
1041/* Return true if OP is a constant 4096 */
1042
1043int
1044arith_4096_operand (op, mode)
1045 rtx op;
ddf80874 1046 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5d6d3339 1047{
5d6d3339
JJ
1048 if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
1049 return 0;
3070dd00
KG
1050 else
1051 return INTVAL (op) == 4096;
5d6d3339
JJ
1052}
1053
1054/* Return true if OP is suitable as second operand for add/sub */
1055
1056int
1057arith_add_operand (op, mode)
1058 rtx op;
1059 enum machine_mode mode;
1060{
1061 return arith_operand (op, mode) || arith_4096_operand (op, mode);
1062}
1063
89e65674
DM
1064/* Return true if OP is a CONST_INT or a CONST_DOUBLE which can fit in the
1065 immediate field of OR and XOR instructions. Used for 64-bit
1066 constant formation patterns. */
1067int
1068const64_operand (op, mode)
1069 rtx op;
ddf80874 1070 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
89e65674
DM
1071{
1072 return ((GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
1073 && SPARC_SIMM13_P (INTVAL (op)))
9208e4b2 1074#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != 64
89e65674 1075 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
9208e4b2
DM
1076 && SPARC_SIMM13_P (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op))
1077 && (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) ==
1078 ((CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x80000000) != 0 ?
9e0625a3 1079 (HOST_WIDE_INT)-1 : 0)))
9208e4b2 1080#endif
11301057 1081 );
89e65674
DM
1082}
1083
9208e4b2 1084/* The same, but only for sethi instructions. */
89e65674
DM
1085int
1086const64_high_operand (op, mode)
1087 rtx op;
7d6040e8 1088 enum machine_mode mode;
89e65674
DM
1089{
1090 return ((GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
9e0625a3 1091 && (INTVAL (op) & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff) != 0
7d6040e8 1092 && SPARC_SETHI_P (INTVAL (op) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
9208e4b2 1093 )
89e65674
DM
1094 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
1095 && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
9e0625a3 1096 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff) != 0
11301057 1097 && SPARC_SETHI_P (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op))));
89e65674
DM
1098}
1099
58cbf20e
DE
1100/* Return true if OP is a register, or is a CONST_INT that can fit in a
1101 signed 11 bit immediate field. This is an acceptable SImode operand for
1102 the movcc instructions. */
61a55e8b
DE
1103
1104int
1105arith11_operand (op, mode)
1106 rtx op;
1107 enum machine_mode mode;
1108{
1109 return (register_operand (op, mode)
58cbf20e 1110 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && SPARC_SIMM11_P (INTVAL (op))));
61a55e8b
DE
1111}
1112
58cbf20e
DE
1113/* Return true if OP is a register, or is a CONST_INT that can fit in a
1114 signed 10 bit immediate field. This is an acceptable SImode operand for
1115 the movrcc instructions. */
61a55e8b
DE
1116
1117int
1118arith10_operand (op, mode)
1119 rtx op;
1120 enum machine_mode mode;
1121{
1122 return (register_operand (op, mode)
58cbf20e 1123 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && SPARC_SIMM10_P (INTVAL (op))));
61a55e8b
DE
1124}
1125
23b8a89f
JW
1126/* Return true if OP is a register, is a CONST_INT that fits in a 13 bit
1127 immediate field, or is a CONST_DOUBLE whose both parts fit in a 13 bit
61a55e8b
DE
1128 immediate field.
1129 v9: Return true if OP is a register, or is a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE that
1130 can fit in a 13 bit immediate field. This is an acceptable DImode operand
1131 for most 3 address instructions. */
ab835497
RK
1132
1133int
1134arith_double_operand (op, mode)
1135 rtx op;
1136 enum machine_mode mode;
1137{
1138 return (register_operand (op, mode)
23b8a89f 1139 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT (op))
a9e27770 1140 || (! TARGET_ARCH64
61a55e8b 1141 && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
bf62bbf1
DE
1142 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) + 0x1000) < 0x2000
1143 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) + 0x1000) < 0x2000)
a9e27770 1144 || (TARGET_ARCH64
61a55e8b 1145 && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
bf62bbf1 1146 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) + 0x1000) < 0x2000
61a55e8b
DE
1147 && ((CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == -1
1148 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x1000) == 0x1000)
1149 || (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
1150 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x1000) == 0))));
1151}
1152
5d6d3339
JJ
1153/* Return true if OP is a constant 4096 for DImode on ARCH64 */
1154
1155int
1156arith_double_4096_operand (op, mode)
1157 rtx op;
ddf80874 1158 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5d6d3339
JJ
1159{
1160 return (TARGET_ARCH64 &&
1161 ((GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (op) == 4096) ||
1162 (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE &&
1163 CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) == 4096 &&
1164 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0)));
1165}
1166
1167/* Return true if OP is suitable as second operand for add/sub in DImode */
1168
1169int
1170arith_double_add_operand (op, mode)
1171 rtx op;
1172 enum machine_mode mode;
1173{
1174 return arith_double_operand (op, mode) || arith_double_4096_operand (op, mode);
1175}
1176
61a55e8b
DE
1177/* Return true if OP is a register, or is a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE that
1178 can fit in an 11 bit immediate field. This is an acceptable DImode
1179 operand for the movcc instructions. */
1180/* ??? Replace with arith11_operand? */
1181
1182int
1183arith11_double_operand (op, mode)
1184 rtx op;
1185 enum machine_mode mode;
1186{
1187 return (register_operand (op, mode)
1188 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
1189 && (GET_MODE (op) == mode || GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
bf62bbf1 1190 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) + 0x400) < 0x800
61a55e8b
DE
1191 && ((CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == -1
1192 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x400) == 0x400)
1193 || (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
1194 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x400) == 0)))
1195 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
1196 && (GET_MODE (op) == mode || GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
bf62bbf1 1197 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (INTVAL (op) + 0x400) < 0x800));
61a55e8b
DE
1198}
1199
1200/* Return true if OP is a register, or is a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE that
1201 can fit in an 10 bit immediate field. This is an acceptable DImode
1202 operand for the movrcc instructions. */
1203/* ??? Replace with arith10_operand? */
1204
1205int
1206arith10_double_operand (op, mode)
1207 rtx op;
1208 enum machine_mode mode;
1209{
1210 return (register_operand (op, mode)
1211 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
1212 && (GET_MODE (op) == mode || GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
1213 && (unsigned) (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) + 0x200) < 0x400
1214 && ((CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == -1
1215 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x200) == 0x200)
1216 || (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
1217 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x200) == 0)))
1218 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
1219 && (GET_MODE (op) == mode || GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
bf62bbf1 1220 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (INTVAL (op) + 0x200) < 0x400));
ab835497
RK
1221}
1222
5519a4f9 1223/* Return truth value of whether OP is an integer which fits the
228b4037
JW
1224 range constraining immediate operands in most three-address insns,
1225 which have a 13 bit immediate field. */
ab835497
RK
1226
1227int
1228small_int (op, mode)
1229 rtx op;
487a6e06 1230 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497 1231{
11301057 1232 return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT (op));
ab835497
RK
1233}
1234
e0d80184
DM
1235int
1236small_int_or_double (op, mode)
1237 rtx op;
1238 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1239{
1240 return ((GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT (op))
1241 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
1242 && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
11301057 1243 && SPARC_SIMM13_P (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op))));
e0d80184
DM
1244}
1245
9b3fad96
JW
1246/* Recognize operand values for the umul instruction. That instruction sign
1247 extends immediate values just like all other sparc instructions, but
1248 interprets the extended result as an unsigned number. */
1249
1250int
1251uns_small_int (op, mode)
1252 rtx op;
487a6e06 1253 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9b3fad96
JW
1254{
1255#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > 32
1256 /* All allowed constants will fit a CONST_INT. */
11301057
RH
1257 return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
1258 && ((INTVAL (op) >= 0 && INTVAL (op) < 0x1000)
1259 || (INTVAL (op) >= 0xFFFFF000
0d587737 1260 && INTVAL (op) <= 0xFFFFFFFF)));
9b3fad96 1261#else
11301057
RH
1262 return ((GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && (unsigned) INTVAL (op) < 0x1000)
1263 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
1264 && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
1265 && (unsigned) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) - 0xFFFFF000 < 0x1000));
9b3fad96
JW
1266#endif
1267}
1268
1269int
1270uns_arith_operand (op, mode)
1271 rtx op;
1272 enum machine_mode mode;
1273{
1274 return register_operand (op, mode) || uns_small_int (op, mode);
1275}
1276
ab835497
RK
1277/* Return truth value of statement that OP is a call-clobbered register. */
1278int
1279clobbered_register (op, mode)
1280 rtx op;
487a6e06 1281 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ab835497
RK
1282{
1283 return (GET_CODE (op) == REG && call_used_regs[REGNO (op)]);
1284}
ab835497 1285
e0d80184 1286/* Return 1 if OP is a valid operand for the source of a move insn. */
61a55e8b 1287
e0d80184
DM
1288int
1289input_operand (op, mode)
1290 rtx op;
1291 enum machine_mode mode;
1292{
1293 /* If both modes are non-void they must be the same. */
1294 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op) != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
1295 return 0;
61a55e8b 1296
375ffbe6
EB
1297 /* Accept CONSTANT_P_RTX, since it will be gone by CSE1 and result in 0/1. */
1298 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONSTANT_P_RTX)
11301057
RH
1299 return 1;
1300
e0d80184
DM
1301 /* Allow any one instruction integer constant, and all CONST_INT
1302 variants when we are working in DImode and !arch64. */
1303 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
9208e4b2 1304 && ((GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
7d6040e8 1305 && (SPARC_SETHI_P (INTVAL (op) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
9208e4b2
DM
1306 || SPARC_SIMM13_P (INTVAL (op))
1307 || (mode == DImode
1308 && ! TARGET_ARCH64)))
1309 || (TARGET_ARCH64
1310 && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
1311 && ((CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
1312 && SPARC_SETHI_P (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op)))
1313 ||
1314#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
1315 (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0
1316 && SPARC_SIMM13_P (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op)))
1317#else
1318 (SPARC_SIMM13_P (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op))
1319 && (((CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x80000000) == 0
1320 && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0)
4746e0fe
RK
1321 || (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == -1
1322 && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & 0x80000000) != 0))
9208e4b2
DM
1323#endif
1324 ))))
e0d80184
DM
1325 return 1;
1326
e0d80184
DM
1327 /* If !arch64 and this is a DImode const, allow it so that
1328 the splits can be generated. */
1329 if (! TARGET_ARCH64
1330 && mode == DImode
1331 && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
1332 return 1;
1333
1334 if (register_operand (op, mode))
1335 return 1;
1336
62190128
DM
1337 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
1338 && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
1339 return 1;
1340
e0d80184
DM
1341 /* If this is a SUBREG, look inside so that we handle
1342 paradoxical ones. */
1343 if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
1344 op = SUBREG_REG (op);
1345
1346 /* Check for valid MEM forms. */
1347 if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
61a55e8b 1348 {
e0d80184 1349 rtx inside = XEXP (op, 0);
61a55e8b 1350
e0d80184 1351 if (GET_CODE (inside) == LO_SUM)
03ad6f4d
DM
1352 {
1353 /* We can't allow these because all of the splits
1354 (eventually as they trickle down into DFmode
1355 splits) require offsettable memory references. */
1356 if (! TARGET_V9
1357 && GET_MODE (op) == TFmode)
1358 return 0;
1359
1360 return (register_operand (XEXP (inside, 0), Pmode)
1361 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (inside, 1)));
1362 }
e0d80184 1363 return memory_address_p (mode, inside);
61a55e8b 1364 }
ab835497 1365
e0d80184
DM
1366 return 0;
1367}
1368
1369\f
1370/* We know it can't be done in one insn when we get here,
1371 the movsi expander guarentees this. */
1372void
1373sparc_emit_set_const32 (op0, op1)
1374 rtx op0;
1375 rtx op1;
1376{
1377 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
1378 rtx temp;
1379
1380 if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
284d86e9 1381 {
2a01c939 1382 HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (op1);
e0d80184 1383
7d6040e8 1384 if (SPARC_SETHI_P (value & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
e0d80184
DM
1385 || SPARC_SIMM13_P (value))
1386 abort ();
284d86e9 1387 }
e0d80184
DM
1388
1389 /* Full 2-insn decomposition is needed. */
1390 if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
1391 temp = op0;
284d86e9 1392 else
e0d80184
DM
1393 temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1394
71648202
DM
1395 if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
1396 {
1397 /* Emit them as real moves instead of a HIGH/LO_SUM,
1398 this way CSE can see everything and reuse intermediate
1399 values if it wants. */
1400 if (TARGET_ARCH64
1401 && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != 64
1402 && (INTVAL (op1) & 0x80000000) != 0)
f2827474
RK
1403 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET
1404 (VOIDmode, temp,
5692c7bc
ZW
1405 immed_double_const (INTVAL (op1) & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff,
1406 0, DImode)));
71648202 1407 else
f2827474 1408 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp,
9e0625a3
AO
1409 GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1)
1410 & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff)));
f2827474 1411
71648202
DM
1412 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
1413 op0,
f2827474 1414 gen_rtx_IOR (mode, temp,
71648202
DM
1415 GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & 0x3ff))));
1416 }
1417 else
1418 {
1419 /* A symbol, emit in the traditional way. */
f2827474
RK
1420 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp,
1421 gen_rtx_HIGH (mode, op1)));
71648202 1422 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
f2827474 1423 op0, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (mode, temp, op1)));
71648202
DM
1424
1425 }
e0d80184
DM
1426}
1427
1428\f
56149abc 1429/* SPARC-v9 code-model support. */
e0d80184
DM
1430void
1431sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (op0, op1, temp1)
1432 rtx op0;
1433 rtx op1;
1434 rtx temp1;
1435{
3968de80
DD
1436 rtx ti_temp1 = 0;
1437
1438 if (temp1 && GET_MODE (temp1) == TImode)
1439 {
1440 ti_temp1 = temp1;
1441 temp1 = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp1));
1442 }
1443
e0d80184 1444 switch (sparc_cmodel)
284d86e9 1445 {
e0d80184
DM
1446 case CM_MEDLOW:
1447 /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
1448 than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
1449 to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
1450 than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
ab835497 1451
e0d80184
DM
1452 The executable must be in the low 4TB of the virtual address
1453 space.
61a55e8b 1454
e0d80184
DM
1455 sethi %hi(symbol), %temp
1456 or %temp, %lo(symbol), %reg */
9208e4b2
DM
1457 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp1, gen_rtx_HIGH (DImode, op1)));
1458 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (DImode, temp1, op1)));
e0d80184 1459 break;
61a55e8b 1460
e0d80184
DM
1461 case CM_MEDMID:
1462 /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
1463 than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
1464 to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
1465 than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
1466
1467 The executable must be in the low 16TB of the virtual address
1468 space.
1469
1470 sethi %h44(symbol), %temp1
1471 or %temp1, %m44(symbol), %temp2
1472 sllx %temp2, 12, %temp3
1473 or %temp3, %l44(symbol), %reg */
1474 emit_insn (gen_seth44 (op0, op1));
1475 emit_insn (gen_setm44 (op0, op0, op1));
9208e4b2 1476 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp1,
e0d80184
DM
1477 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, op0, GEN_INT (12))));
1478 emit_insn (gen_setl44 (op0, temp1, op1));
1479 break;
61a55e8b 1480
e0d80184
DM
1481 case CM_MEDANY:
1482 /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
1483 than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
1484 to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
1485 than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
1486
1487 The executable can be placed anywhere in the virtual address
1488 space.
1489
1490 sethi %hh(symbol), %temp1
1491 sethi %lm(symbol), %temp2
1492 or %temp1, %hm(symbol), %temp3
1493 or %temp2, %lo(symbol), %temp4
1494 sllx %temp3, 32, %temp5
1495 or %temp4, %temp5, %reg */
1496
3968de80
DD
1497 /* It is possible that one of the registers we got for operands[2]
1498 might coincide with that of operands[0] (which is why we made
1499 it TImode). Pick the other one to use as our scratch. */
6cd444b4 1500 if (rtx_equal_p (temp1, op0))
3968de80
DD
1501 {
1502 if (ti_temp1)
1503 temp1 = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp1) + 1);
1504 else
1505 abort();
1506 }
61a55e8b 1507
e0d80184
DM
1508 emit_insn (gen_sethh (op0, op1));
1509 emit_insn (gen_setlm (temp1, op1));
1510 emit_insn (gen_sethm (op0, op0, op1));
9208e4b2 1511 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184 1512 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, op0, GEN_INT (32))));
9208e4b2 1513 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184
DM
1514 gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, op0, temp1)));
1515 emit_insn (gen_setlo (op0, op0, op1));
1516 break;
61a55e8b 1517
e0d80184
DM
1518 case CM_EMBMEDANY:
1519 /* Old old old backwards compatibility kruft here.
1520 Essentially it is MEDLOW with a fixed 64-bit
1521 virtual base added to all data segment addresses.
1522 Text-segment stuff is computed like MEDANY, we can't
1523 reuse the code above because the relocation knobs
1524 look different.
1525
1526 Data segment: sethi %hi(symbol), %temp1
1527 or %temp1, %lo(symbol), %temp2
1528 add %temp2, EMBMEDANY_BASE_REG, %reg
1529
1530 Text segment: sethi %uhi(symbol), %temp1
1531 sethi %hi(symbol), %temp2
1532 or %temp1, %ulo(symbol), %temp3
1533 or %temp2, %lo(symbol), %temp4
1534 sllx %temp3, 32, %temp5
1535 or %temp4, %temp5, %reg */
1536 if (data_segment_operand (op1, GET_MODE (op1)))
1537 {
1538 emit_insn (gen_embmedany_sethi (temp1, op1));
1539 emit_insn (gen_embmedany_brsum (op0, temp1));
1540 emit_insn (gen_embmedany_losum (op0, op0, op1));
1541 }
1542 else
1543 {
3968de80
DD
1544 /* It is possible that one of the registers we got for operands[2]
1545 might coincide with that of operands[0] (which is why we made
1546 it TImode). Pick the other one to use as our scratch. */
1547 if (rtx_equal_p (temp1, op0))
1548 {
1549 if (ti_temp1)
1550 temp1 = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp1) + 1);
1551 else
1552 abort();
1553 }
61a55e8b 1554
e0d80184
DM
1555 emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textuhi (op0, op1));
1556 emit_insn (gen_embmedany_texthi (temp1, op1));
1557 emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textulo (op0, op0, op1));
9208e4b2 1558 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184 1559 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, op0, GEN_INT (32))));
9208e4b2 1560 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184
DM
1561 gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, op0, temp1)));
1562 emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textlo (op0, op0, op1));
1563 }
1564 break;
1565
1566 default:
1567 abort();
1568 }
1569}
1570
9208e4b2
DM
1571/* These avoid problems when cross compiling. If we do not
1572 go through all this hair then the optimizer will see
1573 invalid REG_EQUAL notes or in some cases none at all. */
f6da8bc3
KG
1574static void sparc_emit_set_safe_HIGH64 PARAMS ((rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT));
1575static rtx gen_safe_SET64 PARAMS ((rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT));
1576static rtx gen_safe_OR64 PARAMS ((rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT));
1577static rtx gen_safe_XOR64 PARAMS ((rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT));
9208e4b2
DM
1578
1579#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
9e0625a3 1580#define GEN_HIGHINT64(__x) GEN_INT ((__x) & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff)
9208e4b2
DM
1581#define GEN_INT64(__x) GEN_INT (__x)
1582#else
1583#define GEN_HIGHINT64(__x) \
5692c7bc 1584 immed_double_const ((__x) & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff, 0, DImode)
9208e4b2 1585#define GEN_INT64(__x) \
5692c7bc
ZW
1586 immed_double_const ((__x) & 0xffffffff, \
1587 ((__x) & 0x80000000 ? -1 : 0), DImode)
9208e4b2
DM
1588#endif
1589
1590/* The optimizer is not to assume anything about exactly
1591 which bits are set for a HIGH, they are unspecified.
1592 Unfortunately this leads to many missed optimizations
1593 during CSE. We mask out the non-HIGH bits, and matches
1594 a plain movdi, to alleviate this problem. */
1595static void
1596sparc_emit_set_safe_HIGH64 (dest, val)
1597 rtx dest;
1598 HOST_WIDE_INT val;
1599{
1600 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, GEN_HIGHINT64 (val)));
1601}
2a01c939 1602
e0d80184 1603static rtx
9208e4b2
DM
1604gen_safe_SET64 (dest, val)
1605 rtx dest;
e0d80184 1606 HOST_WIDE_INT val;
61a55e8b 1607{
9208e4b2
DM
1608 return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, GEN_INT64 (val));
1609}
1610
1611static rtx
1612gen_safe_OR64 (src, val)
1613 rtx src;
1614 HOST_WIDE_INT val;
1615{
1616 return gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, src, GEN_INT64 (val));
1617}
1618
1619static rtx
1620gen_safe_XOR64 (src, val)
1621 rtx src;
1622 HOST_WIDE_INT val;
1623{
1624 return gen_rtx_XOR (DImode, src, GEN_INT64 (val));
e0d80184 1625}
61a55e8b 1626
e0d80184
DM
1627/* Worker routines for 64-bit constant formation on arch64.
1628 One of the key things to be doing in these emissions is
1629 to create as many temp REGs as possible. This makes it
1630 possible for half-built constants to be used later when
1631 such values are similar to something required later on.
1632 Without doing this, the optimizer cannot see such
1633 opportunities. */
2a01c939
DM
1634
1635static void sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1
f6da8bc3 1636 PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int));
2a01c939 1637
e0d80184
DM
1638static void
1639sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1 (op0, temp, low_bits, is_neg)
1640 rtx op0;
1641 rtx temp;
2a01c939 1642 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits;
e0d80184
DM
1643 int is_neg;
1644{
2a01c939 1645 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits;
a9e27770 1646
e0d80184 1647 if (is_neg)
2a01c939 1648 high_bits = (~low_bits) & 0xffffffff;
31bc9eba 1649 else
e0d80184 1650 high_bits = low_bits;
31bc9eba 1651
9208e4b2 1652 sparc_emit_set_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits);
e0d80184 1653 if (!is_neg)
5108f3e5
DM
1654 {
1655 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1656 gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
1657 }
e0d80184 1658 else
5108f3e5
DM
1659 {
1660 /* If we are XOR'ing with -1, then we should emit a one's complement
1661 instead. This way the combiner will notice logical operations
1662 such as ANDN later on and substitute. */
1663 if ((low_bits & 0x3ff) == 0x3ff)
1664 {
1665 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1666 gen_rtx_NOT (DImode, temp)));
1667 }
1668 else
1669 {
1670 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1671 gen_safe_XOR64 (temp,
9e0625a3
AO
1672 (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x400
1673 | (low_bits & 0x3ff)))));
5108f3e5
DM
1674 }
1675 }
e0d80184 1676}
61a55e8b 1677
2a01c939 1678static void sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2
f6da8bc3 1679 PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
2a01c939
DM
1680 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int));
1681
e0d80184
DM
1682static void
1683sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp, high_bits, low_immediate, shift_count)
1684 rtx op0;
1685 rtx temp;
2a01c939
DM
1686 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits;
1687 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_immediate;
e0d80184
DM
1688 int shift_count;
1689{
1690 rtx temp2 = op0;
61a55e8b 1691
e0d80184
DM
1692 if ((high_bits & 0xfffffc00) != 0)
1693 {
9208e4b2 1694 sparc_emit_set_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits);
e0d80184 1695 if ((high_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
9208e4b2
DM
1696 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1697 gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
61a55e8b 1698 else
e0d80184 1699 temp2 = temp;
61a55e8b
DE
1700 }
1701 else
1702 {
f710f868 1703 emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, high_bits));
e0d80184
DM
1704 temp2 = temp;
1705 }
61a55e8b 1706
80ffc95e 1707 /* Now shift it up into place. */
9208e4b2 1708 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184
DM
1709 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp2,
1710 GEN_INT (shift_count))));
61a55e8b 1711
e0d80184
DM
1712 /* If there is a low immediate part piece, finish up by
1713 putting that in as well. */
1714 if (low_immediate != 0)
9208e4b2
DM
1715 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1716 gen_safe_OR64 (op0, low_immediate)));
ab835497
RK
1717}
1718
2a01c939 1719static void sparc_emit_set_const64_longway
f6da8bc3 1720 PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT));
2a01c939 1721
e0d80184
DM
1722/* Full 64-bit constant decomposition. Even though this is the
1723 'worst' case, we still optimize a few things away. */
1724static void
1725sparc_emit_set_const64_longway (op0, temp, high_bits, low_bits)
1726 rtx op0;
1727 rtx temp;
2a01c939
DM
1728 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits;
1729 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits;
ab835497 1730{
e0d80184 1731 rtx sub_temp;
4bf7135b 1732
e0d80184
DM
1733 if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
1734 sub_temp = op0;
1735 else
1736 sub_temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1737
1738 if ((high_bits & 0xfffffc00) != 0)
1739 {
9208e4b2 1740 sparc_emit_set_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits);
e0d80184 1741 if ((high_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
9208e4b2 1742 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
e0d80184 1743 sub_temp,
9208e4b2 1744 gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
e0d80184
DM
1745 else
1746 sub_temp = temp;
1747 }
1748 else
ab835497 1749 {
f710f868 1750 emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, high_bits));
e0d80184 1751 sub_temp = temp;
ab835497 1752 }
4bf7135b 1753
e0d80184 1754 if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed)
284d86e9 1755 {
e0d80184
DM
1756 rtx temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1757 rtx temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1758 rtx temp4 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
284d86e9 1759
9208e4b2 1760 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp4,
e0d80184
DM
1761 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
1762 GEN_INT (32))));
4bf7135b 1763
9208e4b2 1764 sparc_emit_set_safe_HIGH64 (temp2, low_bits);
e0d80184 1765 if ((low_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
f710f868
DM
1766 {
1767 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp3,
1768 gen_safe_OR64 (temp2, (low_bits & 0x3ff))));
1769 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1770 gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp3)));
1771 }
1772 else
1773 {
1774 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1775 gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp2)));
1776 }
284d86e9 1777 }
e0d80184
DM
1778 else
1779 {
9208e4b2
DM
1780 rtx low1 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12)) & 0xfff);
1781 rtx low2 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12 - 12)) & 0xfff);
1782 rtx low3 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12 - 12 - 8)) & 0x0ff);
e0d80184 1783 int to_shift = 12;
284d86e9 1784
e0d80184
DM
1785 /* We are in the middle of reload, so this is really
1786 painful. However we do still make an attempt to
5108f3e5 1787 avoid emitting truly stupid code. */
e0d80184
DM
1788 if (low1 != const0_rtx)
1789 {
9208e4b2 1790 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184 1791 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
2a01c939 1792 GEN_INT (to_shift))));
9208e4b2 1793 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184
DM
1794 gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low1)));
1795 sub_temp = op0;
1796 to_shift = 12;
1797 }
1798 else
1799 {
1800 to_shift += 12;
1801 }
1802 if (low2 != const0_rtx)
1803 {
9208e4b2 1804 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184
DM
1805 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
1806 GEN_INT (to_shift))));
9208e4b2 1807 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184
DM
1808 gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low2)));
1809 sub_temp = op0;
1810 to_shift = 8;
1811 }
1812 else
1813 {
1814 to_shift += 8;
1815 }
9208e4b2 1816 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184
DM
1817 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
1818 GEN_INT (to_shift))));
1819 if (low3 != const0_rtx)
9208e4b2 1820 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
e0d80184 1821 gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low3)));
80ffc95e 1822 /* phew... */
e0d80184 1823 }
284d86e9
JC
1824}
1825
80ffc95e 1826/* Analyze a 64-bit constant for certain properties. */
2a01c939 1827static void analyze_64bit_constant
f6da8bc3 1828 PARAMS ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
2a01c939
DM
1829 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
1830 int *, int *, int *));
1831
e0d80184
DM
1832static void
1833analyze_64bit_constant (high_bits, low_bits, hbsp, lbsp, abbasp)
2a01c939 1834 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits, low_bits;
e0d80184 1835 int *hbsp, *lbsp, *abbasp;
ab835497 1836{
e0d80184
DM
1837 int lowest_bit_set, highest_bit_set, all_bits_between_are_set;
1838 int i;
ab835497 1839
e0d80184
DM
1840 lowest_bit_set = highest_bit_set = -1;
1841 i = 0;
1842 do
ab835497 1843 {
e0d80184
DM
1844 if ((lowest_bit_set == -1)
1845 && ((low_bits >> i) & 1))
1846 lowest_bit_set = i;
1847 if ((highest_bit_set == -1)
1848 && ((high_bits >> (32 - i - 1)) & 1))
1849 highest_bit_set = (64 - i - 1);
1850 }
1851 while (++i < 32
1852 && ((highest_bit_set == -1)
1853 || (lowest_bit_set == -1)));
1854 if (i == 32)
1855 {
1856 i = 0;
1857 do
ab835497 1858 {
e0d80184
DM
1859 if ((lowest_bit_set == -1)
1860 && ((high_bits >> i) & 1))
1861 lowest_bit_set = i + 32;
1862 if ((highest_bit_set == -1)
1863 && ((low_bits >> (32 - i - 1)) & 1))
1864 highest_bit_set = 32 - i - 1;
ab835497 1865 }
e0d80184
DM
1866 while (++i < 32
1867 && ((highest_bit_set == -1)
1868 || (lowest_bit_set == -1)));
1869 }
1870 /* If there are no bits set this should have gone out
1871 as one instruction! */
1872 if (lowest_bit_set == -1
1873 || highest_bit_set == -1)
9208e4b2 1874 abort ();
e0d80184
DM
1875 all_bits_between_are_set = 1;
1876 for (i = lowest_bit_set; i <= highest_bit_set; i++)
1877 {
1878 if (i < 32)
1879 {
1880 if ((low_bits & (1 << i)) != 0)
1881 continue;
1882 }
1883 else
1884 {
1885 if ((high_bits & (1 << (i - 32))) != 0)
1886 continue;
1887 }
1888 all_bits_between_are_set = 0;
1889 break;
ab835497 1890 }
e0d80184
DM
1891 *hbsp = highest_bit_set;
1892 *lbsp = lowest_bit_set;
1893 *abbasp = all_bits_between_are_set;
ab835497 1894}
6a4bb1fa 1895
2a01c939 1896static int const64_is_2insns
f6da8bc3 1897 PARAMS ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT));
2a01c939 1898
e0d80184
DM
1899static int
1900const64_is_2insns (high_bits, low_bits)
2a01c939 1901 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits, low_bits;
e0d80184
DM
1902{
1903 int highest_bit_set, lowest_bit_set, all_bits_between_are_set;
284d86e9 1904
e0d80184 1905 if (high_bits == 0
f451b552 1906 || high_bits == 0xffffffff)
e0d80184 1907 return 1;
6a4bb1fa 1908
e0d80184
DM
1909 analyze_64bit_constant (high_bits, low_bits,
1910 &highest_bit_set, &lowest_bit_set,
1911 &all_bits_between_are_set);
6a4bb1fa 1912
f710f868
DM
1913 if ((highest_bit_set == 63
1914 || lowest_bit_set == 0)
e0d80184
DM
1915 && all_bits_between_are_set != 0)
1916 return 1;
6a4bb1fa 1917
9208e4b2
DM
1918 if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 21)
1919 return 1;
1920
6a4bb1fa
DE
1921 return 0;
1922}
1923
2a01c939 1924static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT create_simple_focus_bits
f6da8bc3 1925 PARAMS ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
ddf80874 1926 int, int));
2a01c939
DM
1927
1928static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
ddf80874 1929create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits, lowest_bit_set, shift)
2a01c939 1930 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits, low_bits;
ddf80874 1931 int lowest_bit_set, shift;
ab835497 1932{
f710f868 1933 HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
ab835497 1934
e0d80184
DM
1935 if (lowest_bit_set < 32)
1936 {
1937 lo = (low_bits >> lowest_bit_set) << shift;
1938 hi = ((high_bits << (32 - lowest_bit_set)) << shift);
1939 }
1940 else
1941 {
1942 lo = 0;
1943 hi = ((high_bits >> (lowest_bit_set - 32)) << shift);
1944 }
1945 if (hi & lo)
9208e4b2 1946 abort ();
e0d80184
DM
1947 return (hi | lo);
1948}
ab835497 1949
e0d80184
DM
1950/* Here we are sure to be arch64 and this is an integer constant
1951 being loaded into a register. Emit the most efficient
1952 insn sequence possible. Detection of all the 1-insn cases
1953 has been done already. */
1954void
1955sparc_emit_set_const64 (op0, op1)
1956 rtx op0;
1957 rtx op1;
1958{
2a01c939 1959 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits, low_bits;
e0d80184
DM
1960 int lowest_bit_set, highest_bit_set;
1961 int all_bits_between_are_set;
e0d80184 1962 rtx temp;
ab835497 1963
e0d80184 1964 /* Sanity check that we know what we are working with. */
380f6ad3 1965 if (! TARGET_ARCH64)
9208e4b2 1966 abort ();
95726648 1967
380f6ad3
JJ
1968 if (GET_CODE (op0) != SUBREG)
1969 {
1970 if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG
1971 || (REGNO (op0) >= SPARC_FIRST_FP_REG
1972 && REGNO (op0) <= SPARC_LAST_V9_FP_REG))
1973 abort ();
1974 }
1975
f710f868
DM
1976 if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
1977 temp = op0;
1978 else
1979 temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1980
e0d80184
DM
1981 if (GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_DOUBLE
1982 && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)
1983 {
5f78aa30
JC
1984 sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (op0, op1, temp);
1985 return;
e0d80184 1986 }
ab835497 1987
e0d80184
DM
1988 if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
1989 {
1990#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
2a01c939 1991 high_bits = (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op1) >> 32) & 0xffffffff;
e0d80184
DM
1992 low_bits = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op1) & 0xffffffff;
1993#else
1994 high_bits = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op1);
1995 low_bits = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op1);
1996#endif
ab835497 1997 }
e0d80184 1998 else
ab835497 1999 {
e0d80184 2000#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
2a01c939 2001 high_bits = ((INTVAL (op1) >> 32) & 0xffffffff);
e0d80184
DM
2002 low_bits = (INTVAL (op1) & 0xffffffff);
2003#else
2004 high_bits = ((INTVAL (op1) < 0) ?
2005 0xffffffff :
2006 0x00000000);
2007 low_bits = INTVAL (op1);
2008#endif
2009 }
ab835497 2010
e0d80184
DM
2011 /* low_bits bits 0 --> 31
2012 high_bits bits 32 --> 63 */
ab835497 2013
e0d80184
DM
2014 analyze_64bit_constant (high_bits, low_bits,
2015 &highest_bit_set, &lowest_bit_set,
2016 &all_bits_between_are_set);
2017
2018 /* First try for a 2-insn sequence. */
2019
2020 /* These situations are preferred because the optimizer can
2021 * do more things with them:
2022 * 1) mov -1, %reg
2023 * sllx %reg, shift, %reg
2024 * 2) mov -1, %reg
2025 * srlx %reg, shift, %reg
2026 * 3) mov some_small_const, %reg
2027 * sllx %reg, shift, %reg
2028 */
2029 if (((highest_bit_set == 63
2030 || lowest_bit_set == 0)
2031 && all_bits_between_are_set != 0)
2a01c939 2032 || ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 12))
e0d80184 2033 {
9208e4b2 2034 HOST_WIDE_INT the_const = -1;
e0d80184
DM
2035 int shift = lowest_bit_set;
2036
f710f868
DM
2037 if ((highest_bit_set != 63
2038 && lowest_bit_set != 0)
2039 || all_bits_between_are_set == 0)
ab835497 2040 {
e0d80184 2041 the_const =
9208e4b2 2042 create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
9208e4b2 2043 lowest_bit_set, 0);
ab835497 2044 }
e0d80184 2045 else if (lowest_bit_set == 0)
9208e4b2 2046 shift = -(63 - highest_bit_set);
e0d80184 2047
f710f868
DM
2048 if (! SPARC_SIMM13_P (the_const))
2049 abort ();
2050
9208e4b2 2051 emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, the_const));
e0d80184 2052 if (shift > 0)
9208e4b2 2053 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
e0d80184
DM
2054 op0,
2055 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode,
2056 temp,
2057 GEN_INT (shift))));
2058 else if (shift < 0)
9208e4b2 2059 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
e0d80184 2060 op0,
9208e4b2 2061 gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (DImode,
e0d80184
DM
2062 temp,
2063 GEN_INT (-shift))));
ab835497
RK
2064 else
2065 abort ();
e0d80184
DM
2066 return;
2067 }
ab835497 2068
e0d80184
DM
2069 /* Now a range of 22 or less bits set somewhere.
2070 * 1) sethi %hi(focus_bits), %reg
2071 * sllx %reg, shift, %reg
2072 * 2) sethi %hi(focus_bits), %reg
2073 * srlx %reg, shift, %reg
2074 */
2a01c939 2075 if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 21)
e0d80184 2076 {
2a01c939 2077 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT focus_bits =
e0d80184 2078 create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
ddf80874 2079 lowest_bit_set, 10);
f710f868
DM
2080
2081 if (! SPARC_SETHI_P (focus_bits))
2082 abort ();
2083
9208e4b2 2084 sparc_emit_set_safe_HIGH64 (temp, focus_bits);
e0d80184 2085
9208e4b2 2086 /* If lowest_bit_set == 10 then a sethi alone could have done it. */
e0d80184 2087 if (lowest_bit_set < 10)
9208e4b2 2088 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
e0d80184 2089 op0,
9208e4b2 2090 gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (DImode, temp,
e0d80184 2091 GEN_INT (10 - lowest_bit_set))));
9208e4b2
DM
2092 else if (lowest_bit_set > 10)
2093 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
e0d80184
DM
2094 op0,
2095 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp,
2096 GEN_INT (lowest_bit_set - 10))));
2097 else
9208e4b2 2098 abort ();
e0d80184
DM
2099 return;
2100 }
2101
2102 /* 1) sethi %hi(low_bits), %reg
2103 * or %reg, %lo(low_bits), %reg
2104 * 2) sethi %hi(~low_bits), %reg
2105 * xor %reg, %lo(-0x400 | (low_bits & 0x3ff)), %reg
2106 */
2107 if (high_bits == 0
2a01c939 2108 || high_bits == 0xffffffff)
5f78aa30
JC
2109 {
2110 sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1 (op0, temp, low_bits,
2111 (high_bits == 0xffffffff));
2112 return;
2113 }
e0d80184 2114
f710f868
DM
2115 /* Now, try 3-insn sequences. */
2116
e0d80184
DM
2117 /* 1) sethi %hi(high_bits), %reg
2118 * or %reg, %lo(high_bits), %reg
2119 * sllx %reg, 32, %reg
2120 */
f710f868 2121 if (low_bits == 0)
5f78aa30 2122 {
f710f868 2123 sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp, high_bits, 0, 32);
5f78aa30
JC
2124 return;
2125 }
e0d80184 2126
f710f868
DM
2127 /* We may be able to do something quick
2128 when the constant is negated, so try that. */
e0d80184
DM
2129 if (const64_is_2insns ((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff,
2130 (~low_bits) & 0xfffffc00))
2131 {
5108f3e5
DM
2132 /* NOTE: The trailing bits get XOR'd so we need the
2133 non-negated bits, not the negated ones. */
2134 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT trailing_bits = low_bits & 0x3ff;
e0d80184
DM
2135
2136 if ((((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff) == 0
2137 && ((~low_bits) & 0x80000000) == 0)
2138 || (((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff) == 0xffffffff
2139 && ((~low_bits) & 0x80000000) != 0))
ab835497 2140 {
5108f3e5 2141 int fast_int = (~low_bits & 0xffffffff);
e0d80184 2142
5108f3e5
DM
2143 if ((SPARC_SETHI_P (fast_int)
2144 && (~high_bits & 0xffffffff) == 0)
2145 || SPARC_SIMM13_P (fast_int))
9208e4b2 2146 emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, fast_int));
ab835497 2147 else
9208e4b2 2148 sparc_emit_set_const64 (temp, GEN_INT64 (fast_int));
ab835497 2149 }
e0d80184
DM
2150 else
2151 {
2152 rtx negated_const;
2153#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
2154 negated_const = GEN_INT (((~low_bits) & 0xfffffc00) |
2155 (((HOST_WIDE_INT)((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff))<<32));
2156#else
5692c7bc
ZW
2157 negated_const = immed_double_const ((~low_bits) & 0xfffffc00,
2158 (~high_bits) & 0xffffffff,
2159 DImode);
e0d80184
DM
2160#endif
2161 sparc_emit_set_const64 (temp, negated_const);
2162 }
5108f3e5
DM
2163
2164 /* If we are XOR'ing with -1, then we should emit a one's complement
2165 instead. This way the combiner will notice logical operations
2166 such as ANDN later on and substitute. */
2167 if (trailing_bits == 0x3ff)
2168 {
2169 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
2170 gen_rtx_NOT (DImode, temp)));
2171 }
2172 else
2173 {
2174 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2175 op0,
2176 gen_safe_XOR64 (temp,
2177 (-0x400 | trailing_bits))));
2178 }
e0d80184 2179 return;
ab835497 2180 }
ab835497 2181
e0d80184
DM
2182 /* 1) sethi %hi(xxx), %reg
2183 * or %reg, %lo(xxx), %reg
2184 * sllx %reg, yyy, %reg
f710f868
DM
2185 *
2186 * ??? This is just a generalized version of the low_bits==0
2187 * thing above, FIXME...
e0d80184
DM
2188 */
2189 if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 32)
2190 {
f710f868
DM
2191 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT focus_bits =
2192 create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
ddf80874 2193 lowest_bit_set, 0);
ab835497 2194
e0d80184
DM
2195 /* We can't get here in this state. */
2196 if (highest_bit_set < 32
2197 || lowest_bit_set >= 32)
9208e4b2 2198 abort ();
95726648 2199
e0d80184
DM
2200 /* So what we know is that the set bits straddle the
2201 middle of the 64-bit word. */
5f78aa30
JC
2202 sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp,
2203 focus_bits, 0,
2204 lowest_bit_set);
2205 return;
e0d80184 2206 }
c85f7c16 2207
f710f868
DM
2208 /* 1) sethi %hi(high_bits), %reg
2209 * or %reg, %lo(high_bits), %reg
2210 * sllx %reg, 32, %reg
2211 * or %reg, low_bits, %reg
2212 */
2213 if (SPARC_SIMM13_P(low_bits)
2214 && ((int)low_bits > 0))
2215 {
2216 sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp, high_bits, low_bits, 32);
2217 return;
2218 }
2219
80ffc95e 2220 /* The easiest way when all else fails, is full decomposition. */
e0d80184
DM
2221#if 0
2222 printf ("sparc_emit_set_const64: Hard constant [%08lx%08lx] neg[%08lx%08lx]\n",
2223 high_bits, low_bits, ~high_bits, ~low_bits);
2224#endif
2225 sparc_emit_set_const64_longway (op0, temp, high_bits, low_bits);
c85f7c16
JL
2226}
2227
e267e177
RH
2228/* Given a comparison code (EQ, NE, etc.) and the first operand of a COMPARE,
2229 return the mode to be used for the comparison. For floating-point,
2230 CCFP[E]mode is used. CC_NOOVmode should be used when the first operand
2231 is a PLUS, MINUS, NEG, or ASHIFT. CCmode should be used when no special
2232 processing is needed. */
2233
2234enum machine_mode
2235select_cc_mode (op, x, y)
2236 enum rtx_code op;
2237 rtx x;
2238 rtx y ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2239{
2240 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
2241 {
2242 switch (op)
2243 {
2244 case EQ:
2245 case NE:
2246 case UNORDERED:
2247 case ORDERED:
2248 case UNLT:
2249 case UNLE:
2250 case UNGT:
2251 case UNGE:
2252 case UNEQ:
7913f3d0 2253 case LTGT:
e267e177
RH
2254 return CCFPmode;
2255
2256 case LT:
2257 case LE:
2258 case GT:
2259 case GE:
2260 return CCFPEmode;
2261
2262 default:
2263 abort ();
2264 }
2265 }
2266 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS || GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
2267 || GET_CODE (x) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT)
2268 {
2269 if (TARGET_ARCH64 && GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
2270 return CCX_NOOVmode;
2271 else
2272 return CC_NOOVmode;
2273 }
2274 else
2275 {
2276 if (TARGET_ARCH64 && GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
2277 return CCXmode;
2278 else
2279 return CCmode;
2280 }
2281}
2282
e0d80184
DM
2283/* X and Y are two things to compare using CODE. Emit the compare insn and
2284 return the rtx for the cc reg in the proper mode. */
c85f7c16 2285
e0d80184
DM
2286rtx
2287gen_compare_reg (code, x, y)
2288 enum rtx_code code;
2289 rtx x, y;
c85f7c16 2290{
e0d80184
DM
2291 enum machine_mode mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (code, x, y);
2292 rtx cc_reg;
c85f7c16 2293
e0d80184
DM
2294 /* ??? We don't have movcc patterns so we cannot generate pseudo regs for the
2295 fcc regs (cse can't tell they're really call clobbered regs and will
2296 remove a duplicate comparison even if there is an intervening function
2297 call - it will then try to reload the cc reg via an int reg which is why
2298 we need the movcc patterns). It is possible to provide the movcc
2299 patterns by using the ldxfsr/stxfsr v9 insns. I tried it: you need two
2300 registers (say %g1,%g5) and it takes about 6 insns. A better fix would be
2301 to tell cse that CCFPE mode registers (even pseudos) are call
2302 clobbered. */
c85f7c16 2303
e0d80184
DM
2304 /* ??? This is an experiment. Rather than making changes to cse which may
2305 or may not be easy/clean, we do our own cse. This is possible because
2306 we will generate hard registers. Cse knows they're call clobbered (it
2307 doesn't know the same thing about pseudos). If we guess wrong, no big
2308 deal, but if we win, great! */
c85f7c16 2309
e0d80184
DM
2310 if (TARGET_V9 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
2311#if 1 /* experiment */
284d86e9 2312 {
e0d80184
DM
2313 int reg;
2314 /* We cycle through the registers to ensure they're all exercised. */
2315 static int next_fcc_reg = 0;
2316 /* Previous x,y for each fcc reg. */
2317 static rtx prev_args[4][2];
284d86e9 2318
e0d80184
DM
2319 /* Scan prev_args for x,y. */
2320 for (reg = 0; reg < 4; reg++)
2321 if (prev_args[reg][0] == x && prev_args[reg][1] == y)
2322 break;
2323 if (reg == 4)
2324 {
2325 reg = next_fcc_reg;
2326 prev_args[reg][0] = x;
2327 prev_args[reg][1] = y;
2328 next_fcc_reg = (next_fcc_reg + 1) & 3;
2329 }
2330 cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, reg + SPARC_FIRST_V9_FCC_REG);
284d86e9 2331 }
e0d80184
DM
2332#else
2333 cc_reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2334#endif /* ! experiment */
2335 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
2336 cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, SPARC_FCC_REG);
2337 else
2338 cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, SPARC_ICC_REG);
284d86e9 2339
e0d80184
DM
2340 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cc_reg,
2341 gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, x, y)));
c85f7c16 2342
e0d80184
DM
2343 return cc_reg;
2344}
c85f7c16 2345
e0d80184
DM
2346/* This function is used for v9 only.
2347 CODE is the code for an Scc's comparison.
2348 OPERANDS[0] is the target of the Scc insn.
2349 OPERANDS[1] is the value we compare against const0_rtx (which hasn't
2350 been generated yet).
c85f7c16 2351
e0d80184 2352 This function is needed to turn
ab835497 2353
e0d80184
DM
2354 (set (reg:SI 110)
2355 (gt (reg:CCX 100 %icc)
2356 (const_int 0)))
2357 into
2358 (set (reg:SI 110)
2359 (gt:DI (reg:CCX 100 %icc)
2360 (const_int 0)))
2361
2362 IE: The instruction recognizer needs to see the mode of the comparison to
2363 find the right instruction. We could use "gt:DI" right in the
2364 define_expand, but leaving it out allows us to handle DI, SI, etc.
ab835497 2365
e0d80184
DM
2366 We refer to the global sparc compare operands sparc_compare_op0 and
2367 sparc_compare_op1. */
ab835497
RK
2368
2369int
e0d80184
DM
2370gen_v9_scc (compare_code, operands)
2371 enum rtx_code compare_code;
2372 register rtx *operands;
ab835497 2373{
e0d80184 2374 rtx temp, op0, op1;
ab835497 2375
e0d80184
DM
2376 if (! TARGET_ARCH64
2377 && (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == DImode
2378 || GET_MODE (operands[0]) == DImode))
2379 return 0;
7e2feebf 2380
a42519be 2381 op0 = sparc_compare_op0;
e0d80184
DM
2382 op1 = sparc_compare_op1;
2383
2384 /* Try to use the movrCC insns. */
2385 if (TARGET_ARCH64
2386 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT
2387 && op1 == const0_rtx
2388 && v9_regcmp_p (compare_code))
ab835497 2389 {
e0d80184 2390 /* Special case for op0 != 0. This can be done with one instruction if
a42519be 2391 operands[0] == sparc_compare_op0. */
e0d80184
DM
2392
2393 if (compare_code == NE
2394 && GET_MODE (operands[0]) == DImode
a42519be 2395 && rtx_equal_p (op0, operands[0]))
ab835497 2396 {
e0d80184
DM
2397 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0],
2398 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (DImode,
2399 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code, DImode,
2400 op0, const0_rtx),
2401 const1_rtx,
2402 operands[0])));
ab835497
RK
2403 return 1;
2404 }
e0d80184 2405
a42519be
JJ
2406 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[0], op0))
2407 {
2408 /* Handle the case where operands[0] == sparc_compare_op0.
2409 We "early clobber" the result. */
2410 op0 = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0));
2411 emit_move_insn (op0, sparc_compare_op0);
2412 }
2413
e0d80184
DM
2414 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], const0_rtx));
2415 if (GET_MODE (op0) != DImode)
ab835497 2416 {
e0d80184
DM
2417 temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
2418 convert_move (temp, op0, 0);
ab835497 2419 }
e0d80184
DM
2420 else
2421 temp = op0;
2422 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0],
2423 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (GET_MODE (operands[0]),
2424 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code, DImode,
2425 temp, const0_rtx),
2426 const1_rtx,
2427 operands[0])));
95726648
DE
2428 return 1;
2429 }
e0d80184 2430 else
ab835497 2431 {
e0d80184 2432 operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (compare_code, op0, op1);
ab835497 2433
e0d80184 2434 switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
ab835497 2435 {
e0d80184
DM
2436 case CCmode :
2437 case CCXmode :
2438 case CCFPEmode :
2439 case CCFPmode :
2440 break;
2441 default :
2442 abort ();
ab835497 2443 }
e0d80184
DM
2444 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], const0_rtx));
2445 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0],
2446 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (GET_MODE (operands[0]),
2447 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code,
2448 GET_MODE (operands[1]),
2449 operands[1], const0_rtx),
2450 const1_rtx, operands[0])));
2451 return 1;
ab835497 2452 }
ab835497 2453}
4fb4e4b8 2454
e0d80184
DM
2455/* Emit a conditional jump insn for the v9 architecture using comparison code
2456 CODE and jump target LABEL.
2457 This function exists to take advantage of the v9 brxx insns. */
ab835497 2458
e0d80184
DM
2459void
2460emit_v9_brxx_insn (code, op0, label)
2461 enum rtx_code code;
2462 rtx op0, label;
ab835497 2463{
e0d80184
DM
2464 emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2465 pc_rtx,
2466 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode,
2467 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (op0),
2468 op0, const0_rtx),
2469 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, label),
2470 pc_rtx)));
2471}
7b1ac798
JJ
2472
2473/* Generate a DFmode part of a hard TFmode register.
2474 REG is the TFmode hard register, LOW is 1 for the
2475 low 64bit of the register and 0 otherwise.
2476 */
2477rtx
2478gen_df_reg (reg, low)
2479 rtx reg;
2480 int low;
2481{
2482 int regno = REGNO (reg);
2483
2484 if ((WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == 0) ^ (low != 0))
2aac41d6 2485 regno += (TARGET_ARCH64 && regno < 32) ? 1 : 2;
7b1ac798
JJ
2486 return gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, regno);
2487}
e0d80184 2488\f
73985940
RH
2489/* Generate a call to FUNC with OPERANDS. Operand 0 is the return value.
2490 Unlike normal calls, TFmode operands are passed by reference. It is
2491 assumed that no more than 3 operands are required. */
2492
2493static void
2494emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func_name, nargs, operands)
2495 const char *func_name;
2496 int nargs;
2497 rtx *operands;
2498{
2499 rtx ret_slot = NULL, arg[3], func_sym;
4e7d5d27 2500 int i;
73985940
RH
2501
2502 /* We only expect to be called for conversions, unary, and binary ops. */
2503 if (nargs < 2 || nargs > 3)
2504 abort ();
2505
2506 for (i = 0; i < nargs; ++i)
2507 {
2508 rtx this_arg = operands[i];
2509 rtx this_slot;
2510
2511 /* TFmode arguments and return values are passed by reference. */
2512 if (GET_MODE (this_arg) == TFmode)
2513 {
4e7d5d27
DM
2514 int force_stack_temp;
2515
2516 force_stack_temp = 0;
2517 if (TARGET_BUGGY_QP_LIB && i == 0)
2518 force_stack_temp = 1;
2519
2520 if (GET_CODE (this_arg) == MEM
2521 && ! force_stack_temp)
2522 this_arg = XEXP (this_arg, 0);
2523 else if (CONSTANT_P (this_arg)
2524 && ! force_stack_temp)
73985940
RH
2525 {
2526 this_slot = force_const_mem (TFmode, this_arg);
2527 this_arg = XEXP (this_slot, 0);
2528 }
2529 else
2530 {
2531 this_slot = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (TFmode), 0);
2532
2533 /* Operand 0 is the return value. We'll copy it out later. */
2534 if (i > 0)
2535 emit_move_insn (this_slot, this_arg);
2536 else
2537 ret_slot = this_slot;
2538
2539 this_arg = XEXP (this_slot, 0);
2540 }
2541 }
2542
2543 arg[i] = this_arg;
2544 }
2545
2546 func_sym = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, func_name);
2547
2548 if (GET_MODE (operands[0]) == TFmode)
2549 {
2550 if (nargs == 2)
2551 emit_library_call (func_sym, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 2,
2552 arg[0], GET_MODE (arg[0]),
2553 arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]));
2554 else
2555 emit_library_call (func_sym, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 3,
2556 arg[0], GET_MODE (arg[0]),
2557 arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]),
2558 arg[2], GET_MODE (arg[2]));
2559
2560 if (ret_slot)
2561 emit_move_insn (operands[0], ret_slot);
2562 }
2563 else
2564 {
2565 rtx ret;
2566
2567 if (nargs != 2)
2568 abort ();
2569
2570 ret = emit_library_call_value (func_sym, operands[0], LCT_NORMAL,
2571 GET_MODE (operands[0]), 1,
2572 arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]));
2573
2574 if (ret != operands[0])
2575 emit_move_insn (operands[0], ret);
2576 }
2577}
2578
2579/* Expand soft-float TFmode calls to sparc abi routines. */
2580
2581static void
2582emit_soft_tfmode_binop (code, operands)
2583 enum rtx_code code;
2584 rtx *operands;
2585{
2586 const char *func;
2587
2588 switch (code)
2589 {
2590 case PLUS:
2591 func = "_Qp_add";
2592 break;
2593 case MINUS:
2594 func = "_Qp_sub";
2595 break;
2596 case MULT:
2597 func = "_Qp_mul";
2598 break;
2599 case DIV:
2600 func = "_Qp_div";
2601 break;
2602 default:
2603 abort ();
2604 }
2605
2606 emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 3, operands);
2607}
2608
2609static void
2610emit_soft_tfmode_unop (code, operands)
2611 enum rtx_code code;
2612 rtx *operands;
2613{
2614 const char *func;
2615
2616 switch (code)
2617 {
2618 case SQRT:
2619 func = "_Qp_sqrt";
2620 break;
2621 default:
2622 abort ();
2623 }
2624
2625 emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 2, operands);
2626}
2627
2628static void
2629emit_soft_tfmode_cvt (code, operands)
2630 enum rtx_code code;
2631 rtx *operands;
2632{
2633 const char *func;
2634
2635 switch (code)
2636 {
2637 case FLOAT_EXTEND:
2638 switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
2639 {
2640 case SFmode:
2641 func = "_Qp_stoq";
2642 break;
2643 case DFmode:
2644 func = "_Qp_dtoq";
2645 break;
2646 default:
2647 abort ();
2648 }
2649 break;
2650
2651 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
2652 switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
2653 {
2654 case SFmode:
2655 func = "_Qp_qtos";
2656 break;
2657 case DFmode:
2658 func = "_Qp_qtod";
2659 break;
2660 default:
2661 abort ();
2662 }
2663 break;
2664
2665 case FLOAT:
2666 switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
2667 {
2668 case SImode:
2669 func = "_Qp_itoq";
2670 break;
2671 case DImode:
2672 func = "_Qp_xtoq";
2673 break;
2674 default:
2675 abort ();
2676 }
2677 break;
2678
2679 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
2680 switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
2681 {
2682 case SImode:
2683 func = "_Qp_uitoq";
2684 break;
2685 case DImode:
2686 func = "_Qp_uxtoq";
2687 break;
2688 default:
2689 abort ();
2690 }
2691 break;
2692
2693 case FIX:
2694 switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
2695 {
2696 case SImode:
2697 func = "_Qp_qtoi";
2698 break;
2699 case DImode:
2700 func = "_Qp_qtox";
2701 break;
2702 default:
2703 abort ();
2704 }
2705 break;
2706
2707 case UNSIGNED_FIX:
2708 switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
2709 {
2710 case SImode:
2711 func = "_Qp_qtoui";
2712 break;
2713 case DImode:
2714 func = "_Qp_qtoux";
2715 break;
2716 default:
2717 abort ();
2718 }
2719 break;
2720
2721 default:
2722 abort ();
2723 }
2724
2725 emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 2, operands);
2726}
2727
2728/* Expand a hard-float tfmode operation. All arguments must be in
2729 registers. */
2730
2731static void
2732emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands)
2733 enum rtx_code code;
2734 rtx *operands;
2735{
2736 rtx op, dest;
2737
2738 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1')
2739 {
2740 operands[1] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[1]), operands[1]);
2741 op = gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, GET_MODE (operands[0]), operands[1]);
2742 }
2743 else
2744 {
2745 operands[1] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[1]), operands[1]);
2746 operands[2] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[2]), operands[2]);
2747 op = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (operands[0]),
2748 operands[1], operands[2]);
2749 }
2750
2751 if (register_operand (operands[0], VOIDmode))
2752 dest = operands[0];
2753 else
2754 dest = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (operands[0]));
2755
2756 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, op));
2757
2758 if (dest != operands[0])
2759 emit_move_insn (operands[0], dest);
2760}
2761
2762void
2763emit_tfmode_binop (code, operands)
2764 enum rtx_code code;
2765 rtx *operands;
2766{
2767 if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
2768 emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
2769 else
2770 emit_soft_tfmode_binop (code, operands);
2771}
2772
2773void
2774emit_tfmode_unop (code, operands)
2775 enum rtx_code code;
2776 rtx *operands;
2777{
2778 if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
2779 emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
2780 else
2781 emit_soft_tfmode_unop (code, operands);
2782}
2783
2784void
2785emit_tfmode_cvt (code, operands)
2786 enum rtx_code code;
2787 rtx *operands;
2788{
2789 if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
2790 emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
2791 else
2792 emit_soft_tfmode_cvt (code, operands);
2793}
2794\f
e0d80184
DM
2795/* Return nonzero if a return peephole merging return with
2796 setting of output register is ok. */
2797int
2798leaf_return_peephole_ok ()
2799{
2800 return (actual_fsize == 0);
2801}
284d86e9 2802
f17f9332
JJ
2803/* Return nonzero if a branch/jump/call instruction will be emitting
2804 nop into its delay slot. */
2805
2806int
2807empty_delay_slot (insn)
2808 rtx insn;
2809{
2810 rtx seq;
2811
2812 /* If no previous instruction (should not happen), return true. */
2813 if (PREV_INSN (insn) == NULL)
2814 return 1;
2815
2816 seq = NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn));
2817 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (seq)) == SEQUENCE)
2818 return 0;
2819
2820 return 1;
2821}
2822
e0d80184
DM
2823/* Return nonzero if TRIAL can go into the function epilogue's
2824 delay slot. SLOT is the slot we are trying to fill. */
ab835497 2825
e0d80184
DM
2826int
2827eligible_for_epilogue_delay (trial, slot)
2828 rtx trial;
2829 int slot;
2830{
2831 rtx pat, src;
4fb4e4b8 2832
e0d80184
DM
2833 if (slot >= 1)
2834 return 0;
4fb4e4b8 2835
e0d80184
DM
2836 if (GET_CODE (trial) != INSN || GET_CODE (PATTERN (trial)) != SET)
2837 return 0;
4fb4e4b8 2838
e0d80184
DM
2839 if (get_attr_length (trial) != 1)
2840 return 0;
4fb4e4b8 2841
e48addee
JJ
2842 /* If there are any call-saved registers, we should scan TRIAL if it
2843 does not reference them. For now just make it easy. */
2844 if (num_gfregs)
2845 return 0;
4fb4e4b8 2846
1150a841
RH
2847 /* If the function uses __builtin_eh_return, the eh_return machinery
2848 occupies the delay slot. */
2849 if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
2850 return 0;
2851
e0d80184
DM
2852 /* In the case of a true leaf function, anything can go into the delay slot.
2853 A delay slot only exists however if the frame size is zero, otherwise
2854 we will put an insn to adjust the stack after the return. */
54ff41b7 2855 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
4fb4e4b8 2856 {
e0d80184
DM
2857 if (leaf_return_peephole_ok ())
2858 return ((get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial)
2859 == IN_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE));
2860 return 0;
4fb4e4b8 2861 }
4fb4e4b8 2862
e0d80184 2863 pat = PATTERN (trial);
795068a4 2864
e0d80184 2865 /* Otherwise, only operations which can be done in tandem with
e48addee 2866 a `restore' or `return' insn can go into the delay slot. */
e0d80184 2867 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) != REG
e0d80184
DM
2868 || REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) < 24)
2869 return 0;
795068a4 2870
c137830f
JJ
2871 /* If this instruction sets up floating point register and we have a return
2872 instruction, it can probably go in. But restore will not work
2873 with FP_REGS. */
2874 if (REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) >= 32)
2875 {
2876 if (TARGET_V9 && ! epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1)
2877 && (get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial) == IN_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE))
2878 return 1;
2879 return 0;
2880 }
2881
e0d80184
DM
2882 /* The set of insns matched here must agree precisely with the set of
2883 patterns paired with a RETURN in sparc.md. */
795068a4 2884
e0d80184 2885 src = SET_SRC (pat);
795068a4 2886
3c6088d2 2887 /* This matches "*return_[qhs]i" or even "*return_di" on TARGET_ARCH64. */
3ec6f1a9
RK
2888 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (src)) != MODE_FLOAT
2889 && arith_operand (src, GET_MODE (src)))
3c6088d2
JJ
2890 {
2891 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
2892 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
2893 else
2894 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
2895 }
e48addee 2896
e0d80184 2897 /* This matches "*return_di". */
3ec6f1a9
RK
2898 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (src)) != MODE_FLOAT
2899 && arith_double_operand (src, GET_MODE (src)))
e0d80184 2900 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
795068a4 2901
e0d80184
DM
2902 /* This matches "*return_sf_no_fpu". */
2903 else if (! TARGET_FPU && restore_operand (SET_DEST (pat), SFmode)
2904 && register_operand (src, SFmode))
2905 return 1;
f5da225e 2906
e48addee
JJ
2907 /* If we have return instruction, anything that does not use
2908 local or output registers and can go into a delay slot wins. */
2909 else if (TARGET_V9 && ! epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1)
2910 && (get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial) == IN_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE))
2911 return 1;
2912
e0d80184
DM
2913 /* This matches "*return_addsi". */
2914 else if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
2915 && arith_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
2916 && arith_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode)
2917 && (register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
2918 || register_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode)))
2919 return 1;
2920
2921 /* This matches "*return_adddi". */
2922 else if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
2923 && arith_double_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
2924 && arith_double_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode)
2925 && (register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
2926 || register_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode)))
795068a4 2927 return 1;
795068a4 2928
e48addee
JJ
2929 /* This can match "*return_losum_[sd]i".
2930 Catch only some cases, so that return_losum* don't have
2931 to be too big. */
2932 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2933 && ! TARGET_CM_MEDMID
2934 && ((register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
2935 && immediate_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode))
2936 || (TARGET_ARCH64
2937 && register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
2938 && immediate_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode))))
2939 return 1;
2940
2941 /* sll{,x} reg,1,reg2 is add reg,reg,reg2 as well. */
2942 else if (GET_CODE (src) == ASHIFT
2943 && (register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
2944 || register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode))
2945 && XEXP (src, 1) == const1_rtx)
2946 return 1;
2947
795068a4
JW
2948 return 0;
2949}
2950
7d167afd
JJ
2951/* Return nonzero if TRIAL can go into the sibling call
2952 delay slot. */
2953
2954int
2955eligible_for_sibcall_delay (trial)
2956 rtx trial;
2957{
2958 rtx pat, src;
2959
2960 if (GET_CODE (trial) != INSN || GET_CODE (PATTERN (trial)) != SET)
2961 return 0;
2962
8456b95a 2963 if (get_attr_length (trial) != 1)
7d167afd
JJ
2964 return 0;
2965
2966 pat = PATTERN (trial);
2967
2968 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
2969 {
2970 /* If the tail call is done using the call instruction,
2971 we have to restore %o7 in the delay slot. */
2be5e524 2972 if ((TARGET_ARCH64 && ! TARGET_CM_MEDLOW) || flag_pic)
7d167afd
JJ
2973 return 0;
2974
2975 /* %g1 is used to build the function address */
2976 if (reg_mentioned_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1), pat))
2977 return 0;
2978
2979 return 1;
2980 }
2981
2982 /* Otherwise, only operations which can be done in tandem with
2983 a `restore' insn can go into the delay slot. */
2984 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) != REG
2985 || REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) < 24
2986 || REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) >= 32)
2987 return 0;
2988
2989 /* If it mentions %o7, it can't go in, because sibcall will clobber it
2990 in most cases. */
2991 if (reg_mentioned_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 15), pat))
2992 return 0;
2993
2994 src = SET_SRC (pat);
2995
3ec6f1a9
RK
2996 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (src)) != MODE_FLOAT
2997 && arith_operand (src, GET_MODE (src)))
7d167afd
JJ
2998 {
2999 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
3000 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
3001 else
3002 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
3003 }
3004
3ec6f1a9
RK
3005 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (src)) != MODE_FLOAT
3006 && arith_double_operand (src, GET_MODE (src)))
7d167afd
JJ
3007 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
3008
3009 else if (! TARGET_FPU && restore_operand (SET_DEST (pat), SFmode)
3010 && register_operand (src, SFmode))
3011 return 1;
3012
3013 else if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
3014 && arith_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
3015 && arith_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode)
3016 && (register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
3017 || register_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode)))
3018 return 1;
3019
3020 else if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
3021 && arith_double_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
3022 && arith_double_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode)
3023 && (register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
3024 || register_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode)))
3025 return 1;
3026
3027 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
3028 && ! TARGET_CM_MEDMID
3029 && ((register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
3030 && immediate_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode))
3031 || (TARGET_ARCH64
3032 && register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
3033 && immediate_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode))))
3034 return 1;
3035
3036 else if (GET_CODE (src) == ASHIFT
3037 && (register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
3038 || register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode))
3039 && XEXP (src, 1) == const1_rtx)
3040 return 1;
3041
3042 return 0;
3043}
3044
e0d80184
DM
3045static int
3046check_return_regs (x)
3047 rtx x;
ab835497 3048{
e0d80184
DM
3049 switch (GET_CODE (x))
3050 {
3051 case REG:
3052 return IN_OR_GLOBAL_P (x);
ab835497 3053
e0d80184
DM
3054 case CONST_INT:
3055 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3056 case CONST:
3057 case SYMBOL_REF:
3058 case LABEL_REF:
3059 return 1;
ab835497 3060
e0d80184
DM
3061 case SET:
3062 case IOR:
3063 case AND:
3064 case XOR:
3065 case PLUS:
3066 case MINUS:
3067 if (check_return_regs (XEXP (x, 1)) == 0)
3068 return 0;
3069 case NOT:
3070 case NEG:
3071 case MEM:
3072 return check_return_regs (XEXP (x, 0));
3073
3074 default:
3075 return 0;
3076 }
ab835497 3077
e0d80184 3078}
ab835497 3079
e0d80184
DM
3080int
3081short_branch (uid1, uid2)
3082 int uid1, uid2;
3083{
9d98a694 3084 int delta = INSN_ADDRESSES (uid1) - INSN_ADDRESSES (uid2);
77b91512
RK
3085
3086 /* Leave a few words of "slop". */
3087 if (delta >= -1023 && delta <= 1022)
e0d80184 3088 return 1;
77b91512 3089
e0d80184
DM
3090 return 0;
3091}
ab835497 3092
5e7a8ee0 3093/* Return nonzero if REG is not used after INSN.
e0d80184
DM
3094 We assume REG is a reload reg, and therefore does
3095 not live past labels or calls or jumps. */
3096int
3097reg_unused_after (reg, insn)
3098 rtx reg;
3099 rtx insn;
3100{
3101 enum rtx_code code, prev_code = UNKNOWN;
ab835497 3102
e0d80184 3103 while ((insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)))
61a55e8b 3104 {
e0d80184
DM
3105 if (prev_code == CALL_INSN && call_used_regs[REGNO (reg)])
3106 return 1;
ab835497 3107
e0d80184
DM
3108 code = GET_CODE (insn);
3109 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
3110 return 1;
bc961ed7 3111
e0d80184 3112 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'i')
61a55e8b 3113 {
e0d80184
DM
3114 rtx set = single_set (insn);
3115 int in_src = set && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, SET_SRC (set));
3116 if (set && in_src)
3117 return 0;
3118 if (set && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, SET_DEST (set)))
3119 return 1;
3120 if (set == 0 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (insn)))
3121 return 0;
61a55e8b 3122 }
e0d80184 3123 prev_code = code;
61a55e8b 3124 }
e0d80184
DM
3125 return 1;
3126}
3127\f
3128/* The table we use to reference PIC data. */
e2500fed 3129static GTY(()) rtx global_offset_table;
bc961ed7 3130
e0d80184 3131/* The function we use to get at it. */
e2500fed 3132static GTY(()) rtx get_pc_symbol;
e0d80184 3133static char get_pc_symbol_name[256];
ab835497 3134
e0d80184 3135/* Ensure that we are not using patterns that are not OK with PIC. */
795068a4 3136
e0d80184
DM
3137int
3138check_pic (i)
3139 int i;
3140{
3141 switch (flag_pic)
ab835497 3142 {
e0d80184 3143 case 1:
1ccbefce
RH
3144 if (GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]) == SYMBOL_REF
3145 || (GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]) == CONST
3146 && ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0)) == MINUS
3147 && (XEXP (XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0), 0)
e0d80184 3148 == global_offset_table)
1ccbefce 3149 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0), 1))
e0d80184
DM
3150 == CONST))))
3151 abort ();
3152 case 2:
3153 default:
3154 return 1;
ab835497 3155 }
ab835497 3156}
795068a4 3157
e0d80184
DM
3158/* Return true if X is an address which needs a temporary register when
3159 reloaded while generating PIC code. */
795068a4 3160
e0d80184
DM
3161int
3162pic_address_needs_scratch (x)
3163 rtx x;
795068a4 3164{
e0d80184
DM
3165 /* An address which is a symbolic plus a non SMALL_INT needs a temp reg. */
3166 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
3167 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
3168 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
3169 && ! SMALL_INT (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)))
3170 return 1;
795068a4 3171
e0d80184
DM
3172 return 0;
3173}
795068a4 3174
e0d80184
DM
3175/* Legitimize PIC addresses. If the address is already position-independent,
3176 we return ORIG. Newly generated position-independent addresses go into a
88cad84b 3177 reg. This is REG if nonzero, otherwise we allocate register(s) as
e0d80184 3178 necessary. */
795068a4 3179
e0d80184
DM
3180rtx
3181legitimize_pic_address (orig, mode, reg)
3182 rtx orig;
3183 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3184 rtx reg;
3185{
3186 if (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF)
82d6b402 3187 {
e0d80184
DM
3188 rtx pic_ref, address;
3189 rtx insn;
82d6b402 3190
e0d80184 3191 if (reg == 0)
82d6b402 3192 {
e0d80184
DM
3193 if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
3194 abort ();
3195 else
3196 reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
82d6b402 3197 }
795068a4 3198
e0d80184 3199 if (flag_pic == 2)
4fb4e4b8 3200 {
e0d80184
DM
3201 /* If not during reload, allocate another temp reg here for loading
3202 in the address, so that these instructions can be optimized
3203 properly. */
3204 rtx temp_reg = ((reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
3205 ? reg : gen_reg_rtx (Pmode));
3206
3207 /* Must put the SYMBOL_REF inside an UNSPEC here so that cse
3208 won't get confused into thinking that these two instructions
3209 are loading in the true address of the symbol. If in the
3210 future a PIC rtx exists, that should be used instead. */
be3f1ff5
DM
3211 if (Pmode == SImode)
3212 {
3213 emit_insn (gen_movsi_high_pic (temp_reg, orig));
3214 emit_insn (gen_movsi_lo_sum_pic (temp_reg, temp_reg, orig));
3215 }
3216 else
3217 {
3218 emit_insn (gen_movdi_high_pic (temp_reg, orig));
3219 emit_insn (gen_movdi_lo_sum_pic (temp_reg, temp_reg, orig));
3220 }
e0d80184 3221 address = temp_reg;
4fb4e4b8
DE
3222 }
3223 else
e0d80184
DM
3224 address = orig;
3225
3226 pic_ref = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
8ac61af7
RK
3227 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
3228 pic_offset_table_rtx, address));
e0d80184
DM
3229 current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
3230 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (pic_ref) = 1;
3231 insn = emit_move_insn (reg, pic_ref);
3232 /* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized
3233 by loop. */
3234 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUAL, orig,
3235 REG_NOTES (insn));
3236 return reg;
795068a4 3237 }
e0d80184 3238 else if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
795068a4 3239 {
e0d80184 3240 rtx base, offset;
795068a4 3241
e0d80184
DM
3242 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
3243 && XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)
3244 return orig;
82d6b402 3245
e0d80184 3246 if (reg == 0)
4fb4e4b8 3247 {
e0d80184
DM
3248 if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
3249 abort ();
3250 else
3251 reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
4fb4e4b8 3252 }
e0d80184
DM
3253
3254 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS)
4fb4e4b8 3255 {
e0d80184
DM
3256 base = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), Pmode, reg);
3257 offset = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1), Pmode,
3258 base == reg ? 0 : reg);
4fb4e4b8
DE
3259 }
3260 else
61a66555
JW
3261 abort ();
3262
e0d80184
DM
3263 if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
3264 {
3265 if (SMALL_INT (offset))
ed8908e7 3266 return plus_constant (base, INTVAL (offset));
e0d80184
DM
3267 else if (! reload_in_progress && ! reload_completed)
3268 offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
3269 else
3270 /* If we reach here, then something is seriously wrong. */
3271 abort ();
3272 }
3273 return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, offset);
795068a4 3274 }
e0d80184
DM
3275 else if (GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF)
3276 /* ??? Why do we do this? */
3277 /* Now movsi_pic_label_ref uses it, but we ought to be checking that
3278 the register is live instead, in case it is eliminated. */
3279 current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
795068a4 3280
e0d80184
DM
3281 return orig;
3282}
795068a4 3283
fccf9848 3284/* Emit special PIC prologues. */
795068a4 3285
e0d80184 3286void
fccf9848 3287load_pic_register ()
e0d80184
DM
3288{
3289 /* Labels to get the PC in the prologue of this function. */
3290 int orig_flag_pic = flag_pic;
4fb4e4b8 3291
e0d80184
DM
3292 if (! flag_pic)
3293 abort ();
3294
d6a7951f 3295 /* If we haven't emitted the special get_pc helper function, do so now. */
e0d80184 3296 if (get_pc_symbol_name[0] == 0)
4fb4e4b8 3297 {
d676da68 3298 int align;
82d6b402 3299
d676da68 3300 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (get_pc_symbol_name, "LGETPC", 0);
e0d80184 3301 text_section ();
d676da68
DM
3302
3303 align = floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
3304 if (align > 0)
3305 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
4977bab6 3306 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "LGETPC", 0);
4df1190a 3307 fputs ("\tretl\n\tadd\t%o7, %l7, %l7\n", asm_out_file);
e0d80184 3308 }
82d6b402 3309
e0d80184
DM
3310 /* Initialize every time through, since we can't easily
3311 know this to be permanent. */
3312 global_offset_table = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
3313 get_pc_symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, get_pc_symbol_name);
3314 flag_pic = 0;
82d6b402 3315
fccf9848
JJ
3316 emit_insn (gen_get_pc (pic_offset_table_rtx, global_offset_table,
3317 get_pc_symbol));
82d6b402 3318
e0d80184 3319 flag_pic = orig_flag_pic;
82d6b402 3320
e0d80184
DM
3321 /* Need to emit this whether or not we obey regdecls,
3322 since setjmp/longjmp can cause life info to screw up.
3323 ??? In the case where we don't obey regdecls, this is not sufficient
3324 since we may not fall out the bottom. */
3325 emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, pic_offset_table_rtx));
795068a4 3326}
ab835497 3327\f
e0d80184 3328/* Return 1 if RTX is a MEM which is known to be aligned to at
7a31a340 3329 least a DESIRED byte boundary. */
a3ee5899 3330
e0d80184
DM
3331int
3332mem_min_alignment (mem, desired)
3333 rtx mem;
3334 int desired;
ab835497 3335{
e0d80184
DM
3336 rtx addr, base, offset;
3337
3338 /* If it's not a MEM we can't accept it. */
3339 if (GET_CODE (mem) != MEM)
3340 return 0;
3341
3342 addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
3343 base = offset = NULL_RTX;
3344 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
ab835497 3345 {
e0d80184 3346 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG)
61a55e8b 3347 {
e0d80184
DM
3348 base = XEXP (addr, 0);
3349
3350 /* What we are saying here is that if the base
3351 REG is aligned properly, the compiler will make
3352 sure any REG based index upon it will be so
3353 as well. */
3354 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT)
3355 offset = XEXP (addr, 1);
61a55e8b 3356 else
e0d80184 3357 offset = const0_rtx;
61a55e8b 3358 }
ab835497 3359 }
e0d80184 3360 else if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG)
ab835497 3361 {
e0d80184
DM
3362 base = addr;
3363 offset = const0_rtx;
ab835497 3364 }
82d6b402 3365
e0d80184 3366 if (base != NULL_RTX)
795068a4 3367 {
e0d80184
DM
3368 int regno = REGNO (base);
3369
563c12b0 3370 if (regno != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && regno != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
61a55e8b 3371 {
e0d80184
DM
3372 /* Check if the compiler has recorded some information
3373 about the alignment of the base REG. If reload has
021e2ecc
JJ
3374 completed, we already matched with proper alignments.
3375 If not running global_alloc, reload might give us
3376 unaligned pointer to local stack though. */
bdb429a5
RK
3377 if (((cfun != 0
3378 && REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (regno) >= desired * BITS_PER_UNIT)
021e2ecc 3379 || (optimize && reload_completed))
bdb429a5 3380 && (INTVAL (offset) & (desired - 1)) == 0)
e0d80184 3381 return 1;
61a55e8b 3382 }
795068a4 3383 else
e0d80184
DM
3384 {
3385 if (((INTVAL (offset) - SPARC_STACK_BIAS) & (desired - 1)) == 0)
3386 return 1;
3387 }
795068a4 3388 }
e0d80184
DM
3389 else if (! TARGET_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES
3390 || CONSTANT_P (addr)
3391 || GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
795068a4 3392 {
e0d80184
DM
3393 /* Anything else we know is properly aligned unless TARGET_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES
3394 is true, in which case we can only assume that an access is aligned if
3395 it is to a constant address, or the address involves a LO_SUM. */
3396 return 1;
795068a4 3397 }
e0d80184
DM
3398
3399 /* An obviously unaligned address. */
3400 return 0;
795068a4 3401}
e0d80184 3402
ab835497 3403\f
61a55e8b 3404/* Vectors to keep interesting information about registers where it can easily
01d3224a 3405 be got. We used to use the actual mode value as the bit number, but there
61a55e8b
DE
3406 are more than 32 modes now. Instead we use two tables: one indexed by
3407 hard register number, and one indexed by mode. */
3408
3409/* The purpose of sparc_mode_class is to shrink the range of modes so that
3410 they all fit (as bit numbers) in a 32 bit word (again). Each real mode is
3411 mapped into one sparc_mode_class mode. */
3412
3413enum sparc_mode_class {
61a55e8b 3414 S_MODE, D_MODE, T_MODE, O_MODE,
c4ce6853
DE
3415 SF_MODE, DF_MODE, TF_MODE, OF_MODE,
3416 CC_MODE, CCFP_MODE
61a55e8b 3417};
ab835497 3418
61a55e8b
DE
3419/* Modes for single-word and smaller quantities. */
3420#define S_MODES ((1 << (int) S_MODE) | (1 << (int) SF_MODE))
3421
3422/* Modes for double-word and smaller quantities. */
3423#define D_MODES (S_MODES | (1 << (int) D_MODE) | (1 << DF_MODE))
3424
3425/* Modes for quad-word and smaller quantities. */
3426#define T_MODES (D_MODES | (1 << (int) T_MODE) | (1 << (int) TF_MODE))
ab835497 3427
d0cee9ba
JJ
3428/* Modes for 8-word and smaller quantities. */
3429#define O_MODES (T_MODES | (1 << (int) O_MODE) | (1 << (int) OF_MODE))
3430
1e4eb8d1
JW
3431/* Modes for single-float quantities. We must allow any single word or
3432 smaller quantity. This is because the fix/float conversion instructions
3433 take integer inputs/outputs from the float registers. */
3434#define SF_MODES (S_MODES)
ab835497 3435
61a55e8b
DE
3436/* Modes for double-float and smaller quantities. */
3437#define DF_MODES (S_MODES | D_MODES)
3438
61a55e8b 3439/* Modes for double-float only quantities. */
38875aba 3440#define DF_MODES_NO_S ((1 << (int) D_MODE) | (1 << (int) DF_MODE))
ab835497 3441
61a55e8b
DE
3442/* Modes for quad-float only quantities. */
3443#define TF_ONLY_MODES (1 << (int) TF_MODE)
3444
3445/* Modes for quad-float and smaller quantities. */
3446#define TF_MODES (DF_MODES | TF_ONLY_MODES)
3447
d0cee9ba
JJ
3448/* Modes for quad-float and double-float quantities. */
3449#define TF_MODES_NO_S (DF_MODES_NO_S | TF_ONLY_MODES)
3450
3451/* Modes for quad-float pair only quantities. */
3452#define OF_ONLY_MODES (1 << (int) OF_MODE)
3453
3454/* Modes for quad-float pairs and smaller quantities. */
3455#define OF_MODES (TF_MODES | OF_ONLY_MODES)
3456
3457#define OF_MODES_NO_S (TF_MODES_NO_S | OF_ONLY_MODES)
ab835497 3458
c4ce6853
DE
3459/* Modes for condition codes. */
3460#define CC_MODES (1 << (int) CC_MODE)
3461#define CCFP_MODES (1 << (int) CCFP_MODE)
3462
ab835497
RK
3463/* Value is 1 if register/mode pair is acceptable on sparc.
3464 The funny mixture of D and T modes is because integer operations
3465 do not specially operate on tetra quantities, so non-quad-aligned
3466 registers can hold quadword quantities (except %o4 and %i4 because
c4ce6853 3467 they cross fixed registers). */
ab835497 3468
61a55e8b 3469/* This points to either the 32 bit or the 64 bit version. */
0b5826ac 3470const int *hard_regno_mode_classes;
61a55e8b 3471
0b5826ac 3472static const int hard_32bit_mode_classes[] = {
c4ce6853 3473 S_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
ab835497
RK
3474 T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
3475 T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
3476 T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
3477
d0cee9ba
JJ
3478 OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
3479 OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
3480 OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
3481 OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, TF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
a9e27770
DE
3482
3483 /* FP regs f32 to f63. Only the even numbered registers actually exist,
3484 and none can hold SFmode/SImode values. */
d0cee9ba
JJ
3485 OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
3486 OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
3487 OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
3488 OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, TF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
a9e27770
DE
3489
3490 /* %fcc[0123] */
c4ce6853
DE
3491 CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES,
3492
3493 /* %icc */
3494 CC_MODES
61a55e8b
DE
3495};
3496
0b5826ac 3497static const int hard_64bit_mode_classes[] = {
c4ce6853 3498 D_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
d0cee9ba 3499 O_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
61a55e8b 3500 T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
d0cee9ba 3501 O_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
61a55e8b 3502
d0cee9ba
JJ
3503 OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
3504 OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
3505 OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
3506 OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, TF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
61a55e8b 3507
a9e27770 3508 /* FP regs f32 to f63. Only the even numbered registers actually exist,
61a55e8b 3509 and none can hold SFmode/SImode values. */
d0cee9ba
JJ
3510 OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
3511 OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
3512 OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
3513 OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, TF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
61a55e8b
DE
3514
3515 /* %fcc[0123] */
c4ce6853
DE
3516 CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES,
3517
3518 /* %icc */
3519 CC_MODES
61a55e8b
DE
3520};
3521
3522int sparc_mode_class [NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
3523
c4ce6853
DE
3524enum reg_class sparc_regno_reg_class[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
3525
61a55e8b
DE
3526static void
3527sparc_init_modes ()
3528{
3529 int i;
3530
61a55e8b
DE
3531 for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
3532 {
3533 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (i))
3534 {
3535 case MODE_INT:
3536 case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3537 case MODE_COMPLEX_INT:
3538 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
3539 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) S_MODE;
3540 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
3541 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) D_MODE;
3542 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 16)
3543 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) T_MODE;
3544 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 32)
3545 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) O_MODE;
3546 else
3547 sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
3548 break;
3549 case MODE_FLOAT:
3550 case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT:
3551 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
3552 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) SF_MODE;
3553 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
3554 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) DF_MODE;
3555 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 16)
3556 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) TF_MODE;
3557 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 32)
3558 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) OF_MODE;
3559 else
3560 sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
3561 break;
3562 case MODE_CC:
3563 default:
3564 /* mode_class hasn't been initialized yet for EXTRA_CC_MODES, so
3565 we must explicitly check for them here. */
3566 if (i == (int) CCFPmode || i == (int) CCFPEmode)
3567 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) CCFP_MODE;
3568 else if (i == (int) CCmode || i == (int) CC_NOOVmode
a9e27770 3569 || i == (int) CCXmode || i == (int) CCX_NOOVmode)
c4ce6853 3570 sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) CC_MODE;
61a55e8b
DE
3571 else
3572 sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
3573 break;
3574 }
3575 }
3576
a9e27770 3577 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
61a55e8b
DE
3578 hard_regno_mode_classes = hard_64bit_mode_classes;
3579 else
3580 hard_regno_mode_classes = hard_32bit_mode_classes;
c4ce6853
DE
3581
3582 /* Initialize the array used by REGNO_REG_CLASS. */
3583 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
3584 {
284d86e9
JC
3585 if (i < 16 && TARGET_V8PLUS)
3586 sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = I64_REGS;
563c12b0 3587 else if (i < 32 || i == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
c4ce6853
DE
3588 sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = GENERAL_REGS;
3589 else if (i < 64)
3590 sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = FP_REGS;
3591 else if (i < 96)
3592 sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = EXTRA_FP_REGS;
3593 else if (i < 100)
3594 sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = FPCC_REGS;
3595 else
3596 sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = NO_REGS;
3597 }
61a55e8b 3598}
ab835497 3599\f
61a55e8b
DE
3600/* Save non call used registers from LOW to HIGH at BASE+OFFSET.
3601 N_REGS is the number of 4-byte regs saved thus far. This applies even to
3602 v9 int regs as it simplifies the code. */
3603
ab835497 3604static int
c53aa195 3605save_regs (file, low, high, base, offset, n_regs, real_offset)
ab835497
RK
3606 FILE *file;
3607 int low, high;
3bb5de61 3608 const char *base;
ab835497 3609 int offset;
61a55e8b 3610 int n_regs;
c53aa195 3611 int real_offset;
ab835497
RK
3612{
3613 int i;
3614
a9e27770 3615 if (TARGET_ARCH64 && high <= 32)
ab835497 3616 {
61a55e8b
DE
3617 for (i = low; i < high; i++)
3618 {
3619 if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
c53aa195 3620 {
e0d80184 3621 fprintf (file, "\tstx\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
c53aa195 3622 reg_names[i], base, offset + 4 * n_regs);
0021b564 3623 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
c53aa195 3624 dwarf2out_reg_save ("", i, real_offset + 4 * n_regs);
c53aa195
JM
3625 n_regs += 2;
3626 }
61a55e8b 3627 }
ab835497 3628 }
61a55e8b
DE
3629 else
3630 {
3631 for (i = low; i < high; i += 2)
3632 {
3633 if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
c53aa195 3634 {
5e9defae
KG
3635 if (regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1])
3636 {
e0d80184 3637 fprintf (file, "\tstd\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
5e9defae
KG
3638 reg_names[i], base, offset + 4 * n_regs);
3639 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3640 {
3641 char *l = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
3642 dwarf2out_reg_save (l, i, real_offset + 4 * n_regs);
3643 dwarf2out_reg_save (l, i+1, real_offset + 4 * n_regs + 4);
3644 }
3645 n_regs += 2;
3646 }
3647 else
3648 {
e0d80184 3649 fprintf (file, "\tst\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
5e9defae
KG
3650 reg_names[i], base, offset + 4 * n_regs);
3651 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3652 dwarf2out_reg_save ("", i, real_offset + 4 * n_regs);
3653 n_regs += 2;
3654 }
3655 }
3656 else
3657 {
3658 if (regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1])
3659 {
e0d80184 3660 fprintf (file, "\tst\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
5e9defae
KG
3661 reg_names[i+1], base, offset + 4 * n_regs + 4);
3662 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3663 dwarf2out_reg_save ("", i + 1, real_offset + 4 * n_regs + 4);
3664 n_regs += 2;
3665 }
c53aa195 3666 }
61a55e8b
DE
3667 }
3668 }
3669 return n_regs;
ab835497
RK
3670}
3671
61a55e8b
DE
3672/* Restore non call used registers from LOW to HIGH at BASE+OFFSET.
3673
3674 N_REGS is the number of 4-byte regs saved thus far. This applies even to
3675 v9 int regs as it simplifies the code. */
3676
ab835497 3677static int
61a55e8b 3678restore_regs (file, low, high, base, offset, n_regs)
ab835497
RK
3679 FILE *file;
3680 int low, high;
3bb5de61 3681 const char *base;
ab835497 3682 int offset;
61a55e8b 3683 int n_regs;
ab835497
RK
3684{
3685 int i;
3686
a9e27770 3687 if (TARGET_ARCH64 && high <= 32)
61a55e8b
DE
3688 {
3689 for (i = low; i < high; i++)
3690 {
3691 if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
e0d80184 3692 fprintf (file, "\tldx\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
61a55e8b
DE
3693 base, offset + 4 * n_regs, reg_names[i]),
3694 n_regs += 2;
3695 }
3696 }
3697 else
ab835497 3698 {
61a55e8b
DE
3699 for (i = low; i < high; i += 2)
3700 {
3701 if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
3702 if (regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1])
e0d80184 3703 fprintf (file, "\tldd\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
61a55e8b
DE
3704 base, offset + 4 * n_regs, reg_names[i]),
3705 n_regs += 2;
3706 else
4df1190a 3707 fprintf (file, "\tld\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
61a55e8b
DE
3708 base, offset + 4 * n_regs, reg_names[i]),
3709 n_regs += 2;
3710 else if (regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1])
4df1190a 3711 fprintf (file, "\tld\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
61a55e8b
DE
3712 base, offset + 4 * n_regs + 4, reg_names[i+1]),
3713 n_regs += 2;
3714 }
ab835497 3715 }
61a55e8b 3716 return n_regs;
ab835497
RK
3717}
3718
61a55e8b
DE
3719/* Compute the frame size required by the function. This function is called
3720 during the reload pass and also by output_function_prologue(). */
ab835497 3721
ab835497
RK
3722int
3723compute_frame_size (size, leaf_function)
3724 int size;
3725 int leaf_function;
3726{
61a55e8b 3727 int n_regs = 0, i;
ab835497 3728 int outgoing_args_size = (current_function_outgoing_args_size
4fb4e4b8 3729 + REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (current_function_decl));
ab835497 3730
33074e5f
RH
3731 /* N_REGS is the number of 4-byte regs saved thus far. This applies
3732 even to v9 int regs to be consistent with save_regs/restore_regs. */
61a55e8b 3733
33074e5f
RH
3734 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
3735 {
3736 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
3737 if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
3738 n_regs += 2;
3739 }
3740 else
3741 {
3742 for (i = 0; i < 8; i += 2)
ab835497
RK
3743 if ((regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
3744 || (regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1]))
61a55e8b 3745 n_regs += 2;
ab835497
RK
3746 }
3747
33074e5f
RH
3748 for (i = 32; i < (TARGET_V9 ? 96 : 64); i += 2)
3749 if ((regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
3750 || (regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1]))
3751 n_regs += 2;
3752
ab835497 3753 /* Set up values for use in `function_epilogue'. */
61a55e8b 3754 num_gfregs = n_regs;
ab835497 3755
61a55e8b
DE
3756 if (leaf_function && n_regs == 0
3757 && size == 0 && current_function_outgoing_args_size == 0)
3758 {
3759 actual_fsize = apparent_fsize = 0;
3760 }
3761 else
3762 {
225909c3
JS
3763 /* We subtract STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET, remember it's negative. */
3764 apparent_fsize = (size - STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET + 7) & -8;
61a55e8b
DE
3765 apparent_fsize += n_regs * 4;
3766 actual_fsize = apparent_fsize + ((outgoing_args_size + 7) & -8);
3767 }
ab835497
RK
3768
3769 /* Make sure nothing can clobber our register windows.
3770 If a SAVE must be done, or there is a stack-local variable,
61a55e8b 3771 the register window area must be allocated.
4fb4e4b8 3772 ??? For v8 we apparently need an additional 8 bytes of reserved space. */
ab835497 3773 if (leaf_function == 0 || size > 0)
4fb4e4b8 3774 actual_fsize += (16 * UNITS_PER_WORD) + (TARGET_ARCH64 ? 0 : 8);
ab835497 3775
61a55e8b
DE
3776 return SPARC_STACK_ALIGN (actual_fsize);
3777}
3778
3779/* Build a (32 bit) big number in a register. */
86735b02 3780/* ??? We may be able to use the set macro here too. */
61a55e8b
DE
3781
3782static void
3783build_big_number (file, num, reg)
3784 FILE *file;
3785 int num;
3bb5de61 3786 const char *reg;
61a55e8b 3787{
a9e27770 3788 if (num >= 0 || ! TARGET_ARCH64)
61a55e8b 3789 {
e0d80184 3790 fprintf (file, "\tsethi\t%%hi(%d), %s\n", num, reg);
61a55e8b 3791 if ((num & 0x3ff) != 0)
e0d80184 3792 fprintf (file, "\tor\t%s, %%lo(%d), %s\n", reg, num, reg);
61a55e8b 3793 }
a9e27770 3794 else /* num < 0 && TARGET_ARCH64 */
61a55e8b
DE
3795 {
3796 /* Sethi does not sign extend, so we must use a little trickery
3797 to use it for negative numbers. Invert the constant before
3798 loading it in, then use xor immediate to invert the loaded bits
3799 (along with the upper 32 bits) to the desired constant. This
3800 works because the sethi and immediate fields overlap. */
3801 int asize = num;
3802 int inv = ~asize;
3803 int low = -0x400 + (asize & 0x3FF);
3804
e0d80184 3805 fprintf (file, "\tsethi\t%%hi(%d), %s\n\txor\t%s, %d, %s\n",
61a55e8b
DE
3806 inv, reg, reg, low, reg);
3807 }
ab835497
RK
3808}
3809
1cb36a98
RH
3810/* Output any necessary .register pseudo-ops. */
3811void
3812sparc_output_scratch_registers (file)
fbd039b2 3813 FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1cb36a98
RH
3814{
3815#ifdef HAVE_AS_REGISTER_PSEUDO_OP
3816 int i;
3817
3818 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
3819 return;
3820
3821 /* Check if %g[2367] were used without
3822 .register being printed for them already. */
3823 for (i = 2; i < 8; i++)
3824 {
3825 if (regs_ever_live [i]
3826 && ! sparc_hard_reg_printed [i])
3827 {
3828 sparc_hard_reg_printed [i] = 1;
3829 fprintf (file, "\t.register\t%%g%d, #scratch\n", i);
3830 }
3831 if (i == 3) i = 5;
3832 }
3833#endif
3834}
3835
08c148a8
NB
3836/* This function generates the assembly code for function entry.
3837 FILE is a stdio stream to output the code to.
3838 SIZE is an int: how many units of temporary storage to allocate.
3839 Refer to the array `regs_ever_live' to determine which registers
3840 to save; `regs_ever_live[I]' is nonzero if register number I
3841 is ever used in the function. This macro is responsible for
3842 knowing which registers should not be saved even if used. */
3843
3844/* On SPARC, move-double insns between fpu and cpu need an 8-byte block
3845 of memory. If any fpu reg is used in the function, we allocate
3846 such a block here, at the bottom of the frame, just in case it's needed.
3847
3848 If this function is a leaf procedure, then we may choose not
3849 to do a "save" insn. The decision about whether or not
3850 to do this is made in regclass.c. */
3851
3852static void
3853sparc_output_function_prologue (file, size)
3854 FILE *file;
3855 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3856{
3857 if (TARGET_FLAT)
3858 sparc_flat_function_prologue (file, size);
3859 else
3860 sparc_nonflat_function_prologue (file, size,
3861 current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs);
3862}
3863
915f619f
JW
3864/* Output code for the function prologue. */
3865
08c148a8
NB
3866static void
3867sparc_nonflat_function_prologue (file, size, leaf_function)
ab835497 3868 FILE *file;
08c148a8 3869 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
915f619f 3870 int leaf_function;
ab835497 3871{
1cb36a98
RH
3872 sparc_output_scratch_registers (file);
3873
915f619f
JW
3874 /* Need to use actual_fsize, since we are also allocating
3875 space for our callee (and our own register save area). */
ab835497
RK
3876 actual_fsize = compute_frame_size (size, leaf_function);
3877
61a55e8b
DE
3878 if (leaf_function)
3879 {
3880 frame_base_name = "%sp";
3881 frame_base_offset = actual_fsize + SPARC_STACK_BIAS;
3882 }
3883 else
3884 {
3885 frame_base_name = "%fp";
3886 frame_base_offset = SPARC_STACK_BIAS;
3887 }
3888
c6aa9ce1 3889 /* This is only for the human reader. */
bf62bbf1 3890 fprintf (file, "\t%s#PROLOGUE# 0\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
c6aa9ce1 3891
915f619f
JW
3892 if (actual_fsize == 0)
3893 /* do nothing. */ ;
e6c1be7e 3894 else if (! leaf_function)
ab835497 3895 {
3592ea0d 3896 if (actual_fsize <= 4096)
e0d80184 3897 fprintf (file, "\tsave\t%%sp, -%d, %%sp\n", actual_fsize);
3592ea0d 3898 else if (actual_fsize <= 8192)
915f619f 3899 {
e0d80184
DM
3900 fprintf (file, "\tsave\t%%sp, -4096, %%sp\n");
3901 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%%sp, -%d, %%sp\n", actual_fsize - 4096);
915f619f
JW
3902 }
3903 else
3904 {
3592ea0d 3905 build_big_number (file, -actual_fsize, "%g1");
e0d80184 3906 fprintf (file, "\tsave\t%%sp, %%g1, %%sp\n");
915f619f 3907 }
ab835497 3908 }
5f4241d5
DE
3909 else /* leaf function */
3910 {
3592ea0d 3911 if (actual_fsize <= 4096)
e0d80184 3912 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%%sp, -%d, %%sp\n", actual_fsize);
3592ea0d
DE
3913 else if (actual_fsize <= 8192)
3914 {
e0d80184
DM
3915 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%%sp, -4096, %%sp\n");
3916 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%%sp, -%d, %%sp\n", actual_fsize - 4096);
3592ea0d 3917 }
915f619f 3918 else
3592ea0d
DE
3919 {
3920 build_big_number (file, -actual_fsize, "%g1");
e0d80184 3921 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%%sp, %%g1, %%sp\n");
3592ea0d 3922 }
ab835497
RK
3923 }
3924
0021b564 3925 if (dwarf2out_do_frame () && actual_fsize)
c53aa195 3926 {
96987e96 3927 char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
c53aa195
JM
3928
3929 /* The canonical frame address refers to the top of the frame. */
3930 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, (leaf_function ? STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
563c12b0 3931 : HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM),
c53aa195
JM
3932 frame_base_offset);
3933
3934 if (! leaf_function)
3935 {
3936 /* Note the register window save. This tells the unwinder that
3937 it needs to restore the window registers from the previous
3938 frame's window save area at 0(cfa). */
3939 dwarf2out_window_save (label);
3940
3941 /* The return address (-8) is now in %i7. */
3942 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, 31);
3943 }
3944 }
c53aa195 3945
ab835497
RK
3946 /* If doing anything with PIC, do it now. */
3947 if (! flag_pic)
bf62bbf1 3948 fprintf (file, "\t%s#PROLOGUE# 1\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
ab835497 3949
61a55e8b
DE
3950 /* Call saved registers are saved just above the outgoing argument area. */
3951 if (num_gfregs)
ab835497 3952 {
c53aa195 3953 int offset, real_offset, n_regs;
3bb5de61 3954 const char *base;
ab835497 3955
84e884e9
JM
3956 real_offset = -apparent_fsize;
3957 offset = -apparent_fsize + frame_base_offset;
61a55e8b
DE
3958 if (offset < -4096 || offset + num_gfregs * 4 > 4096)
3959 {
3960 /* ??? This might be optimized a little as %g1 might already have a
3961 value close enough that a single add insn will do. */
3962 /* ??? Although, all of this is probably only a temporary fix
3963 because if %g1 can hold a function result, then
3964 output_function_epilogue will lose (the result will get
3965 clobbered). */
3966 build_big_number (file, offset, "%g1");
e0d80184 3967 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, %%g1, %%g1\n", frame_base_name);
61a55e8b
DE
3968 base = "%g1";
3969 offset = 0;
3970 }
ab835497 3971 else
61a55e8b
DE
3972 {
3973 base = frame_base_name;
3974 }
ab835497 3975
33074e5f
RH
3976 n_regs = save_regs (file, 0, 8, base, offset, 0, real_offset);
3977 save_regs (file, 32, TARGET_V9 ? 96 : 64, base, offset, n_regs,
3978 real_offset);
ab835497
RK
3979 }
3980}
3981
7d167afd
JJ
3982/* Output code to restore any call saved registers. */
3983
3984static void
3985output_restore_regs (file, leaf_function)
3986 FILE *file;
f451b552 3987 int leaf_function ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7d167afd
JJ
3988{
3989 int offset, n_regs;
3990 const char *base;
3991
3992 offset = -apparent_fsize + frame_base_offset;
3993 if (offset < -4096 || offset + num_gfregs * 4 > 4096 - 8 /*double*/)
3994 {
3995 build_big_number (file, offset, "%g1");
3996 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, %%g1, %%g1\n", frame_base_name);
3997 base = "%g1";
3998 offset = 0;
3999 }
4000 else
4001 {
4002 base = frame_base_name;
4003 }
4004
33074e5f
RH
4005 n_regs = restore_regs (file, 0, 8, base, offset, 0);
4006 restore_regs (file, 32, TARGET_V9 ? 96 : 64, base, offset, n_regs);
7d167afd
JJ
4007}
4008
08c148a8
NB
4009/* This function generates the assembly code for function exit,
4010 on machines that need it.
4011
4012 The function epilogue should not depend on the current stack pointer!
4013 It should use the frame pointer only. This is mandatory because
4014 of alloca; we also take advantage of it to omit stack adjustments
4015 before returning. */
4016
4017static void
4018sparc_output_function_epilogue (file, size)
4019 FILE *file;
4020 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
4021{
4022 if (TARGET_FLAT)
4023 sparc_flat_function_epilogue (file, size);
4024 else
4025 sparc_nonflat_function_epilogue (file, size,
4026 current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs);
4027}
4028
915f619f
JW
4029/* Output code for the function epilogue. */
4030
08c148a8
NB
4031static void
4032sparc_nonflat_function_epilogue (file, size, leaf_function)
ab835497 4033 FILE *file;
08c148a8 4034 HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
ef8200df 4035 int leaf_function;
ab835497 4036{
3bb5de61 4037 const char *ret;
ab835497 4038
8456b95a 4039 if (current_function_epilogue_delay_list == 0)
e48addee 4040 {
e0d80184 4041 /* If code does not drop into the epilogue, we need
7a31a340
DM
4042 do nothing except output pending case vectors.
4043
4044 We have to still output a dummy nop for the sake of
4045 sane backtraces. Otherwise, if the last two instructions
4046 of a function were call foo; dslot; this can make the return
4047 PC of foo (ie. address of call instruction plus 8) point to
4048 the first instruction in the next function. */
4049 rtx insn;
4050
4051 fputs("\tnop\n", file);
4052
4053 insn = get_last_insn ();
4054 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
4055 insn = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
4056 if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
4057 goto output_vectors;
bfd6bc60
JC
4058 }
4059
61a55e8b 4060 if (num_gfregs)
7d167afd 4061 output_restore_regs (file, leaf_function);
ab835497
RK
4062
4063 /* Work out how to skip the caller's unimp instruction if required. */
4064 if (leaf_function)
e0d80184 4065 ret = (SKIP_CALLERS_UNIMP_P ? "jmp\t%o7+12" : "retl");
ab835497 4066 else
e0d80184 4067 ret = (SKIP_CALLERS_UNIMP_P ? "jmp\t%i7+12" : "ret");
ab835497 4068
33074e5f 4069 if (! leaf_function)
ab835497 4070 {
33074e5f
RH
4071 if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
4072 {
4073 if (current_function_epilogue_delay_list)
4074 abort ();
4075 if (SKIP_CALLERS_UNIMP_P)
4076 abort ();
ab835497 4077
33074e5f
RH
4078 fputs ("\trestore\n\tretl\n\tadd\t%sp, %g1, %sp\n", file);
4079 }
4080 /* If we wound up with things in our delay slot, flush them here. */
4081 else if (current_function_epilogue_delay_list)
ef8200df 4082 {
33074e5f 4083 rtx delay = PATTERN (XEXP (current_function_epilogue_delay_list, 0));
1150a841 4084
33074e5f
RH
4085 if (TARGET_V9 && ! epilogue_renumber (&delay, 1))
4086 {
4087 epilogue_renumber (&delay, 0);
4088 fputs (SKIP_CALLERS_UNIMP_P
4089 ? "\treturn\t%i7+12\n"
4090 : "\treturn\t%i7+8\n", file);
4091 final_scan_insn (XEXP (current_function_epilogue_delay_list, 0),
4092 file, 1, 0, 0);
1150a841 4093 }
33074e5f 4094 else
ab835497 4095 {
33074e5f 4096 rtx insn, src;
e48addee 4097
33074e5f
RH
4098 if (GET_CODE (delay) != SET)
4099 abort();
e48addee 4100
33074e5f
RH
4101 src = SET_SRC (delay);
4102 if (GET_CODE (src) == ASHIFT)
4103 {
4104 if (XEXP (src, 1) != const1_rtx)
e48addee 4105 abort();
33074e5f
RH
4106 SET_SRC (delay)
4107 = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (src), XEXP (src, 0),
4108 XEXP (src, 0));
4109 }
e48addee 4110
33074e5f
RH
4111 insn = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
4112 gen_rtvec (2, delay,
4113 gen_rtx_RETURN (VOIDmode)));
4114 insn = emit_jump_insn (insn);
e48addee 4115
33074e5f
RH
4116 sparc_emitting_epilogue = true;
4117 final_scan_insn (insn, file, 1, 0, 1);
4118 sparc_emitting_epilogue = false;
ab835497 4119 }
ef8200df 4120 }
33074e5f
RH
4121 else if (TARGET_V9 && ! SKIP_CALLERS_UNIMP_P)
4122 fputs ("\treturn\t%i7+8\n\tnop\n", file);
4123 else
4124 fprintf (file, "\t%s\n\trestore\n", ret);
4125 }
4126 /* All of the following cases are for leaf functions. */
4127 else if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
4128 abort ();
4129 else if (current_function_epilogue_delay_list)
4130 {
4131 /* eligible_for_epilogue_delay_slot ensures that if this is a
4132 leaf function, then we will only have insn in the delay slot
4133 if the frame size is zero, thus no adjust for the stack is
4134 needed here. */
4135 if (actual_fsize != 0)
1150a841 4136 abort ();
33074e5f
RH
4137 fprintf (file, "\t%s\n", ret);
4138 final_scan_insn (XEXP (current_function_epilogue_delay_list, 0),
4139 file, 1, 0, 1);
ab835497 4140 }
33074e5f
RH
4141 /* Output 'nop' instead of 'sub %sp,-0,%sp' when no frame, so as to
4142 avoid generating confusing assembly language output. */
4143 else if (actual_fsize == 0)
4144 fprintf (file, "\t%s\n\tnop\n", ret);
4145 else if (actual_fsize <= 4096)
4146 fprintf (file, "\t%s\n\tsub\t%%sp, -%d, %%sp\n", ret, actual_fsize);
4147 else if (actual_fsize <= 8192)
4148 fprintf (file, "\tsub\t%%sp, -4096, %%sp\n\t%s\n\tsub\t%%sp, -%d, %%sp\n",
4149 ret, actual_fsize - 4096);
4150 else if ((actual_fsize & 0x3ff) == 0)
4151 fprintf (file, "\tsethi\t%%hi(%d), %%g1\n\t%s\n\tadd\t%%sp, %%g1, %%sp\n",
4152 actual_fsize, ret);
4153 else
4154 fprintf (file, "\tsethi\t%%hi(%d), %%g1\n\tor\t%%g1, %%lo(%d), %%g1\n\t%s\n\tadd\t%%sp, %%g1, %%sp\n",
4155 actual_fsize, actual_fsize, ret);
e0d80184
DM
4156
4157 output_vectors:
4158 sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors ();
ab835497 4159}
7d167afd
JJ
4160
4161/* Output a sibling call. */
4162
4163const char *
4164output_sibcall (insn, call_operand)
4165 rtx insn, call_operand;
4166{
4167 int leaf_regs = current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs;
4168 rtx operands[3];
4169 int delay_slot = dbr_sequence_length () > 0;
4170
4171 if (num_gfregs)
4172 {
4173 /* Call to restore global regs might clobber
4174 the delay slot. Instead of checking for this
4175 output the delay slot now. */
4176 if (delay_slot)
4177 {
4178 rtx delay = NEXT_INSN (insn);
4179
4180 if (! delay)
4181 abort ();
4182
4183 final_scan_insn (delay, asm_out_file, 1, 0, 1);
4184 PATTERN (delay) = gen_blockage ();
4185 INSN_CODE (delay) = -1;
4186 delay_slot = 0;
4187 }
4188 output_restore_regs (asm_out_file, leaf_regs);
4189 }
4190
4191 operands[0] = call_operand;
4192
4193 if (leaf_regs)
4194 {
e95b1e6a
JJ
4195#ifdef HAVE_AS_RELAX_OPTION
4196 /* If as and ld are relaxing tail call insns into branch always,
4197 use or %o7,%g0,X; call Y; or X,%g0,%o7 always, so that it can
4198 be optimized. With sethi/jmpl as nor ld has no easy way how to
4199 find out if somebody does not branch between the sethi and jmpl. */
4200 int spare_slot = 0;
4201#else
2be5e524 4202 int spare_slot = ((TARGET_ARCH32 || TARGET_CM_MEDLOW) && ! flag_pic);
e95b1e6a 4203#endif
7d167afd
JJ
4204 int size = 0;
4205
4206 if ((actual_fsize || ! spare_slot) && delay_slot)
4207 {
4208 rtx delay = NEXT_INSN (insn);
4209
4210 if (! delay)
4211 abort ();
4212
4213 final_scan_insn (delay, asm_out_file, 1, 0, 1);
4214 PATTERN (delay) = gen_blockage ();
4215 INSN_CODE (delay) = -1;
4216 delay_slot = 0;
4217 }
4218 if (actual_fsize)
4219 {
4220 if (actual_fsize <= 4096)
4221 size = actual_fsize;
4222 else if (actual_fsize <= 8192)
4223 {
4224 fputs ("\tsub\t%sp, -4096, %sp\n", asm_out_file);
4225 size = actual_fsize - 4096;
4226 }
4227 else if ((actual_fsize & 0x3ff) == 0)
4228 fprintf (asm_out_file,
4229 "\tsethi\t%%hi(%d), %%g1\n\tadd\t%%sp, %%g1, %%sp\n",
4230 actual_fsize);
4231 else
4232 {
4233 fprintf (asm_out_file,
4234 "\tsethi\t%%hi(%d), %%g1\n\tor\t%%g1, %%lo(%d), %%g1\n",
4235 actual_fsize, actual_fsize);
4236 fputs ("\tadd\t%%sp, %%g1, %%sp\n", asm_out_file);
4237 }
4238 }
4239 if (spare_slot)
4240 {
4241 output_asm_insn ("sethi\t%%hi(%a0), %%g1", operands);
4242 output_asm_insn ("jmpl\t%%g1 + %%lo(%a0), %%g0", operands);
4243 if (size)
4244 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t sub\t%%sp, -%d, %%sp\n", size);
4245 else if (! delay_slot)
4246 fputs ("\t nop\n", asm_out_file);
4247 }
4248 else
4249 {
4250 if (size)
4251 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tsub\t%%sp, -%d, %%sp\n", size);
e95b1e6a
JJ
4252 /* Use or with rs2 %%g0 instead of mov, so that as/ld can optimize
4253 it into branch if possible. */
4254 output_asm_insn ("or\t%%o7, %%g0, %%g1", operands);
7d167afd 4255 output_asm_insn ("call\t%a0, 0", operands);
e95b1e6a 4256 output_asm_insn (" or\t%%g1, %%g0, %%o7", operands);
7d167afd
JJ
4257 }
4258 return "";
4259 }
4260
4261 output_asm_insn ("call\t%a0, 0", operands);
4262 if (delay_slot)
4263 {
4264 rtx delay = NEXT_INSN (insn), pat;
4265
4266 if (! delay)
4267 abort ();
4268
4269 pat = PATTERN (delay);
4270 if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET)
4271 abort ();
4272
4273 operands[0] = SET_DEST (pat);
4274 pat = SET_SRC (pat);
4275 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
4276 {
4277 case PLUS:
4278 operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
4279 operands[2] = XEXP (pat, 1);
4280 output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %2, %Y0", operands);
4281 break;
4282 case LO_SUM:
4283 operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
4284 operands[2] = XEXP (pat, 1);
4285 output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %%lo(%a2), %Y0", operands);
4286 break;
4287 case ASHIFT:
4288 operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
4289 output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %r1, %Y0", operands);
4290 break;
4291 default:
4292 operands[1] = pat;
4293 output_asm_insn (" restore %%g0, %1, %Y0", operands);
4294 break;
4295 }
4296 PATTERN (delay) = gen_blockage ();
4297 INSN_CODE (delay) = -1;
4298 }
4299 else
4300 fputs ("\t restore\n", asm_out_file);
4301 return "";
4302}
4fb4e4b8
DE
4303\f
4304/* Functions for handling argument passing.
4305
4306 For v8 the first six args are normally in registers and the rest are
4307 pushed. Any arg that starts within the first 6 words is at least
4308 partially passed in a register unless its data type forbids.
4309
4310 For v9, the argument registers are laid out as an array of 16 elements
4311 and arguments are added sequentially. The first 6 int args and up to the
4312 first 16 fp args (depending on size) are passed in regs.
4313
4314 Slot Stack Integral Float Float in structure Double Long Double
4315 ---- ----- -------- ----- ------------------ ------ -----------
4316 15 [SP+248] %f31 %f30,%f31 %d30
4317 14 [SP+240] %f29 %f28,%f29 %d28 %q28
4318 13 [SP+232] %f27 %f26,%f27 %d26
4319 12 [SP+224] %f25 %f24,%f25 %d24 %q24
4320 11 [SP+216] %f23 %f22,%f23 %d22
4321 10 [SP+208] %f21 %f20,%f21 %d20 %q20
4322 9 [SP+200] %f19 %f18,%f19 %d18
4323 8 [SP+192] %f17 %f16,%f17 %d16 %q16
4324 7 [SP+184] %f15 %f14,%f15 %d14
4325 6 [SP+176] %f13 %f12,%f13 %d12 %q12
4326 5 [SP+168] %o5 %f11 %f10,%f11 %d10
4327 4 [SP+160] %o4 %f9 %f8,%f9 %d8 %q8
4328 3 [SP+152] %o3 %f7 %f6,%f7 %d6
4329 2 [SP+144] %o2 %f5 %f4,%f5 %d4 %q4
4330 1 [SP+136] %o1 %f3 %f2,%f3 %d2
4331 0 [SP+128] %o0 %f1 %f0,%f1 %d0 %q0
4332
4333 Here SP = %sp if -mno-stack-bias or %sp+stack_bias otherwise.
4334
4335 Integral arguments are always passed as 64 bit quantities appropriately
4336 extended.
4337
4338 Passing of floating point values is handled as follows.
4339 If a prototype is in scope:
4340 If the value is in a named argument (i.e. not a stdarg function or a
4341 value not part of the `...') then the value is passed in the appropriate
4342 fp reg.
4343 If the value is part of the `...' and is passed in one of the first 6
4344 slots then the value is passed in the appropriate int reg.
4345 If the value is part of the `...' and is not passed in one of the first 6
4346 slots then the value is passed in memory.
4347 If a prototype is not in scope:
4348 If the value is one of the first 6 arguments the value is passed in the
4349 appropriate integer reg and the appropriate fp reg.
4350 If the value is not one of the first 6 arguments the value is passed in
4351 the appropriate fp reg and in memory.
4352 */
4353
4354/* Maximum number of int regs for args. */
4355#define SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX 6
4356/* Maximum number of fp regs for args. */
4357#define SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX 16
4358
4359#define ROUND_ADVANCE(SIZE) (((SIZE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
4360
4361/* Handle the INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS macro.
4362 Initialize a variable CUM of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS
4363 for a call to a function whose data type is FNTYPE.
4364 For a library call, FNTYPE is 0. */
3ea1fdd3 4365
4fb4e4b8 4366void
563a317a 4367init_cumulative_args (cum, fntype, libname, fndecl)
4fb4e4b8 4368 CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
db3d4438 4369 tree fntype;
88430453 4370 rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
563a317a 4371 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4fb4e4b8
DE
4372{
4373 cum->words = 0;
4374 cum->prototype_p = fntype && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype);
4375 cum->libcall_p = fntype == 0;
4376}
61a55e8b 4377
4fb4e4b8
DE
4378/* Compute the slot number to pass an argument in.
4379 Returns the slot number or -1 if passing on the stack.
4380
4381 CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
4382 the preceding args and about the function being called.
4383 MODE is the argument's machine mode.
4384 TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
4385 This is null for libcalls where that information may
4386 not be available.
4387 NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
4388 (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
4389 INCOMING_P is zero for FUNCTION_ARG, nonzero for FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG.
4390 *PREGNO records the register number to use if scalar type.
4391 *PPADDING records the amount of padding needed in words. */
4392
4393static int
4394function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, incoming_p, pregno, ppadding)
4395 const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
4396 enum machine_mode mode;
4397 tree type;
4398 int named;
4399 int incoming_p;
4400 int *pregno;
4401 int *ppadding;
4402{
4403 int regbase = (incoming_p
4404 ? SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST
4405 : SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
4406 int slotno = cum->words;
4407 int regno;
4408
4409 *ppadding = 0;
4410
4411 if (type != 0 && TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))
4412 return -1;
4413 if (TARGET_ARCH32
4414 && type != 0 && mode == BLKmode
4415 && TYPE_ALIGN (type) % PARM_BOUNDARY != 0)
4416 return -1;
4417
4418 switch (mode)
4419 {
4420 case VOIDmode :
4421 /* MODE is VOIDmode when generating the actual call.
4422 See emit_call_1. */
4423 return -1;
4424
4425 case QImode : case CQImode :
4426 case HImode : case CHImode :
4427 case SImode : case CSImode :
4428 case DImode : case CDImode :
380f6ad3 4429 case TImode : case CTImode :
4fb4e4b8
DE
4430 if (slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
4431 return -1;
4432 regno = regbase + slotno;
4433 break;
4434
4435 case SFmode : case SCmode :
4436 case DFmode : case DCmode :
4437 case TFmode : case TCmode :
4438 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
4439 {
4440 if (slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
4441 return -1;
4442 regno = regbase + slotno;
4443 }
4444 else
4445 {
4446 if ((mode == TFmode || mode == TCmode)
4447 && (slotno & 1) != 0)
4448 slotno++, *ppadding = 1;
4449 if (TARGET_FPU && named)
4450 {
4451 if (slotno >= SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
82d6b402 4452 return -1;
4fb4e4b8
DE
4453 regno = SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST + slotno * 2;
4454 if (mode == SFmode)
4455 regno++;
4456 }
4457 else
4458 {
4459 if (slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
4460 return -1;
4461 regno = regbase + slotno;
4462 }
4463 }
4464 break;
4465
4466 case BLKmode :
4467 /* For sparc64, objects requiring 16 byte alignment get it. */
4468 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
4469 {
4470 if (type && TYPE_ALIGN (type) == 128 && (slotno & 1) != 0)
4471 slotno++, *ppadding = 1;
4472 }
4473
4474 if (TARGET_ARCH32
5e9defae 4475 || (type && TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE))
4fb4e4b8
DE
4476 {
4477 if (slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
4478 return -1;
4479 regno = regbase + slotno;
4480 }
4481 else
4482 {
4483 tree field;
4484 int intregs_p = 0, fpregs_p = 0;
4485 /* The ABI obviously doesn't specify how packed
4486 structures are passed. These are defined to be passed
4487 in int regs if possible, otherwise memory. */
4488 int packed_p = 0;
4489
4490 /* First see what kinds of registers we need. */
4491 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
4492 {
4493 if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
4494 {
4495 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == REAL_TYPE
4496 && TARGET_FPU)
4497 fpregs_p = 1;
4498 else
4499 intregs_p = 1;
4500 if (DECL_PACKED (field))
4501 packed_p = 1;
4502 }
4503 }
4504 if (packed_p || !named)
4505 fpregs_p = 0, intregs_p = 1;
4506
4507 /* If all arg slots are filled, then must pass on stack. */
4508 if (fpregs_p && slotno >= SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
4509 return -1;
4510 /* If there are only int args and all int arg slots are filled,
4511 then must pass on stack. */
4512 if (!fpregs_p && intregs_p && slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
4513 return -1;
4514 /* Note that even if all int arg slots are filled, fp members may
4515 still be passed in regs if such regs are available.
4516 *PREGNO isn't set because there may be more than one, it's up
4517 to the caller to compute them. */
4518 return slotno;
4519 }
4520 break;
4521
4522 default :
4523 abort ();
4524 }
4525
4526 *pregno = regno;
4527 return slotno;
4528}
4529
82d6b402
RH
4530/* Handle recursive register counting for structure field layout. */
4531
4532struct function_arg_record_value_parms
4533{
48028e21
EB
4534 rtx ret; /* return expression being built. */
4535 int slotno; /* slot number of the argument. */
4536 int named; /* whether the argument is named. */
4537 int regbase; /* regno of the base register. */
4538 int stack; /* 1 if part of the argument is on the stack. */
4539 int intoffset; /* offset of the pending integer field. */
4540 unsigned int nregs; /* number of words passed in registers. */
82d6b402
RH
4541};
4542
2a01c939 4543static void function_arg_record_value_3
75131237 4544 PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, struct function_arg_record_value_parms *));
2a01c939 4545static void function_arg_record_value_2
75131237
RK
4546 PARAMS ((tree, HOST_WIDE_INT,
4547 struct function_arg_record_value_parms *));
b1474bb7 4548static void function_arg_record_value_1
75131237
RK
4549 PARAMS ((tree, HOST_WIDE_INT,
4550 struct function_arg_record_value_parms *));
2a01c939 4551static rtx function_arg_record_value
f6da8bc3 4552 PARAMS ((tree, enum machine_mode, int, int, int));
2a01c939 4553
0020b823
RH
4554/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value. Traverse the structure
4555 recusively and determine how many registers will be required. */
4556
82d6b402
RH
4557static void
4558function_arg_record_value_1 (type, startbitpos, parms)
4559 tree type;
75131237 4560 HOST_WIDE_INT startbitpos;
82d6b402
RH
4561 struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms;
4562{
4563 tree field;
4564
4565 /* The ABI obviously doesn't specify how packed structures are
4566 passed. These are defined to be passed in int regs if possible,
4567 otherwise memory. */
4568 int packed_p = 0;
4569
4570 /* We need to compute how many registers are needed so we can
4571 allocate the PARALLEL but before we can do that we need to know
4572 whether there are any packed fields. If there are, int regs are
4573 used regardless of whether there are fp values present. */
4574 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
4575 {
4576 if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL && DECL_PACKED (field))
4577 {
4578 packed_p = 1;
4579 break;
4580 }
4581 }
4582
4583 /* Compute how many registers we need. */
4584 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
4585 {
4586 if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
4587 {
75131237
RK
4588 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = startbitpos;
4589
4590 if (DECL_SIZE (field) != 0
4591 && host_integerp (bit_position (field), 1))
4592 bitpos += int_bit_position (field);
4593
82d6b402
RH
4594 /* ??? FIXME: else assume zero offset. */
4595
4596 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE)
75131237 4597 function_arg_record_value_1 (TREE_TYPE (field), bitpos, parms);
105b2084
JJ
4598 else if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == REAL_TYPE
4599 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == COMPLEX_TYPE
4600 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (field)))
4601 == REAL_TYPE)))
82d6b402
RH
4602 && TARGET_FPU
4603 && ! packed_p
4604 && parms->named)
4605 {
4606 if (parms->intoffset != -1)
4607 {
4608 int intslots, this_slotno;
4609
4610 intslots = (bitpos - parms->intoffset + BITS_PER_WORD - 1)
4611 / BITS_PER_WORD;
4612 this_slotno = parms->slotno + parms->intoffset
4613 / BITS_PER_WORD;
4614
48028e21
EB
4615 if (intslots > 0 && intslots > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno)
4616 {
4617 intslots = MAX (0, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
4618 /* We need to pass this field on the stack. */
4619 parms->stack = 1;
4620 }
4621
82d6b402
RH
4622 parms->nregs += intslots;
4623 parms->intoffset = -1;
4624 }
4625
4626 /* There's no need to check this_slotno < SPARC_FP_ARG MAX.
4627 If it wasn't true we wouldn't be here. */
4628 parms->nregs += 1;
105b2084
JJ
4629 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
4630 parms->nregs += 1;
82d6b402
RH
4631 }
4632 else
4633 {
4634 if (parms->intoffset == -1)
4635 parms->intoffset = bitpos;
4636 }
4637 }
4638 }
4639}
4640
0020b823
RH
4641/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value. Assign the bits of the
4642 structure between parms->intoffset and bitpos to integer registers. */
82d6b402
RH
4643
4644static void
4645function_arg_record_value_3 (bitpos, parms)
75131237 4646 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos;
82d6b402
RH
4647 struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms;
4648{
4649 enum machine_mode mode;
75131237 4650 unsigned int regno;
0020b823 4651 unsigned int startbit, endbit;
75131237 4652 int this_slotno, intslots, intoffset;
82d6b402
RH
4653 rtx reg;
4654
4655 if (parms->intoffset == -1)
4656 return;
75131237 4657
82d6b402
RH
4658 intoffset = parms->intoffset;
4659 parms->intoffset = -1;
4660
0020b823
RH
4661 startbit = intoffset & -BITS_PER_WORD;
4662 endbit = (bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -BITS_PER_WORD;
4663 intslots = (endbit - startbit) / BITS_PER_WORD;
82d6b402
RH
4664 this_slotno = parms->slotno + intoffset / BITS_PER_WORD;
4665
4666 intslots = MIN (intslots, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
4667 if (intslots <= 0)
4668 return;
4669
4670 /* If this is the trailing part of a word, only load that much into
4671 the register. Otherwise load the whole register. Note that in
4672 the latter case we may pick up unwanted bits. It's not a problem
4673 at the moment but may wish to revisit. */
4674
4675 if (intoffset % BITS_PER_WORD != 0)
75131237
RK
4676 mode = mode_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD - intoffset % BITS_PER_WORD,
4677 MODE_INT, 0);
82d6b402
RH
4678 else
4679 mode = word_mode;
4680
4681 intoffset /= BITS_PER_UNIT;
4682 do
4683 {
4684 regno = parms->regbase + this_slotno;
254110c2 4685 reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
48028e21 4686 XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
254110c2 4687 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, GEN_INT (intoffset));
82d6b402
RH
4688
4689 this_slotno += 1;
4690 intoffset = (intoffset | (UNITS_PER_WORD-1)) + 1;
4691 parms->nregs += 1;
4692 intslots -= 1;
4693 }
4694 while (intslots > 0);
4695}
4696
0020b823
RH
4697/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value. Traverse the structure
4698 recursively and assign bits to floating point registers. Track which
4699 bits in between need integer registers; invoke function_arg_record_value_3
4700 to make that happen. */
4701
82d6b402
RH
4702static void
4703function_arg_record_value_2 (type, startbitpos, parms)
4704 tree type;
75131237 4705 HOST_WIDE_INT startbitpos;
82d6b402
RH
4706 struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms;
4707{
4708 tree field;
4709 int packed_p = 0;
4710
4711 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
4712 {
4713 if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL && DECL_PACKED (field))
4714 {
4715 packed_p = 1;
4716 break;
4717 }
4718 }
4719
4720 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
4721 {
4722 if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
4723 {
75131237
RK
4724 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = startbitpos;
4725
4726 if (DECL_SIZE (field) != 0
4727 && host_integerp (bit_position (field), 1))
4728 bitpos += int_bit_position (field);
4729
82d6b402
RH
4730 /* ??? FIXME: else assume zero offset. */
4731
4732 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE)
75131237 4733 function_arg_record_value_2 (TREE_TYPE (field), bitpos, parms);
105b2084
JJ
4734 else if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == REAL_TYPE
4735 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == COMPLEX_TYPE
4736 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (field)))
4737 == REAL_TYPE)))
82d6b402
RH
4738 && TARGET_FPU
4739 && ! packed_p
4740 && parms->named)
4741 {
4742 int this_slotno = parms->slotno + bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD;
105b2084
JJ
4743 int regno;
4744 enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (field);
82d6b402
RH
4745 rtx reg;
4746
4747 function_arg_record_value_3 (bitpos, parms);
105b2084
JJ
4748 regno = SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST + this_slotno * 2
4749 + ((mode == SFmode || mode == SCmode)
4750 && (bitpos & 32) != 0);
4751 switch (mode)
4752 {
4753 case SCmode: mode = SFmode; break;
4754 case DCmode: mode = DFmode; break;
4755 case TCmode: mode = TFmode; break;
4756 default: break;
4757 }
4758 reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
48028e21 4759 XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
254110c2 4760 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg,
82d6b402
RH
4761 GEN_INT (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT));
4762 parms->nregs += 1;
105b2084
JJ
4763 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
4764 {
4765 regno += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
4766 reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
48028e21 4767 XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
105b2084
JJ
4768 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg,
4769 GEN_INT ((bitpos + GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
4770 / BITS_PER_UNIT));
4771 parms->nregs += 1;
4772 }
82d6b402
RH
4773 }
4774 else
4775 {
4776 if (parms->intoffset == -1)
4777 parms->intoffset = bitpos;
4778 }
4779 }
4780 }
4781}
4782
0020b823 4783/* Used by function_arg and function_value to implement the complex
48028e21
EB
4784 conventions of the 64-bit ABI for passing and returning structures.
4785 Return an expression valid as a return value for the two macros
4786 FUNCTION_ARG and FUNCTION_VALUE.
0020b823 4787
48028e21
EB
4788 TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
4789 This is null for libcalls where that information may
4790 not be available.
4791 MODE is the argument's machine mode.
4792 SLOTNO is the index number of the argument's slot in the parameter array.
4793 NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
4794 (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
4795 REGBASE is the regno of the base register for the parameter array. */
4796
82d6b402 4797static rtx
1eac9f59 4798function_arg_record_value (type, mode, slotno, named, regbase)
82d6b402 4799 tree type;
1eac9f59 4800 enum machine_mode mode;
82d6b402
RH
4801 int slotno, named, regbase;
4802{
4803 HOST_WIDE_INT typesize = int_size_in_bytes (type);
4804 struct function_arg_record_value_parms parms;
75131237 4805 unsigned int nregs;
82d6b402
RH
4806
4807 parms.ret = NULL_RTX;
4808 parms.slotno = slotno;
4809 parms.named = named;
4810 parms.regbase = regbase;
48028e21 4811 parms.stack = 0;
82d6b402
RH
4812
4813 /* Compute how many registers we need. */
4814 parms.nregs = 0;
4815 parms.intoffset = 0;
4816 function_arg_record_value_1 (type, 0, &parms);
4817
4818 if (parms.intoffset != -1)
4819 {
0020b823 4820 unsigned int startbit, endbit;
82d6b402
RH
4821 int intslots, this_slotno;
4822
0020b823
RH
4823 startbit = parms.intoffset & -BITS_PER_WORD;
4824 endbit = (typesize*BITS_PER_UNIT + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -BITS_PER_WORD;
4825 intslots = (endbit - startbit) / BITS_PER_WORD;
82d6b402
RH
4826 this_slotno = slotno + parms.intoffset / BITS_PER_WORD;
4827
48028e21
EB
4828 if (intslots > 0 && intslots > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno)
4829 {
4830 intslots = MAX (0, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
4831 /* We need to pass this field on the stack. */
4832 parms.stack = 1;
4833 }
82d6b402
RH
4834
4835 parms.nregs += intslots;
4836 }
4837 nregs = parms.nregs;
4838
4839 /* Allocate the vector and handle some annoying special cases. */
4840 if (nregs == 0)
4841 {
4842 /* ??? Empty structure has no value? Duh? */
4843 if (typesize <= 0)
4844 {
4845 /* Though there's nothing really to store, return a word register
4846 anyway so the rest of gcc doesn't go nuts. Returning a PARALLEL
4847 leads to breakage due to the fact that there are zero bytes to
4848 load. */
1eac9f59 4849 return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regbase);
82d6b402
RH
4850 }
4851 else
4852 {
4853 /* ??? C++ has structures with no fields, and yet a size. Give up
4854 for now and pass everything back in integer registers. */
4855 nregs = (typesize + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
4856 }
4857 if (nregs + slotno > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
4858 nregs = SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - slotno;
4859 }
4860 if (nregs == 0)
9208e4b2 4861 abort ();
82d6b402 4862
48028e21
EB
4863 parms.ret = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (parms.stack + nregs));
4864
4865 /* If at least one field must be passed on the stack, generate
4866 (parallel [(expr_list (nil) ...) ...]) so that all fields will
4867 also be passed on the stack. We can't do much better because the
4868 semantics of FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS doesn't handle the case
4869 of structures for which the fields passed exclusively in registers
4870 are not at the beginning of the structure. */
4871 if (parms.stack)
4872 XVECEXP (parms.ret, 0, 0)
4873 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx);
82d6b402
RH
4874
4875 /* Fill in the entries. */
4876 parms.nregs = 0;
4877 parms.intoffset = 0;
4878 function_arg_record_value_2 (type, 0, &parms);
4879 function_arg_record_value_3 (typesize * BITS_PER_UNIT, &parms);
4880
4881 if (parms.nregs != nregs)
4882 abort ();
4883
4884 return parms.ret;
4885}
4886
4fb4e4b8
DE
4887/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG macro.
4888 Determine where to put an argument to a function.
4889 Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
4890 or a hard register in which to store the argument.
4891
4892 CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
4893 the preceding args and about the function being called.
4894 MODE is the argument's machine mode.
4895 TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
4896 This is null for libcalls where that information may
4897 not be available.
4898 NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
4899 (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
4900 INCOMING_P is zero for FUNCTION_ARG, nonzero for FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG. */
61a55e8b
DE
4901
4902rtx
4fb4e4b8
DE
4903function_arg (cum, mode, type, named, incoming_p)
4904 const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
4905 enum machine_mode mode;
4906 tree type;
4907 int named;
4908 int incoming_p;
61a55e8b 4909{
4fb4e4b8
DE
4910 int regbase = (incoming_p
4911 ? SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST
4912 : SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
4913 int slotno, regno, padding;
4914 rtx reg;
4915
4916 slotno = function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, incoming_p,
4917 &regno, &padding);
4918
4919 if (slotno == -1)
4920 return 0;
4921
4922 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
4923 {
254110c2 4924 reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
4fb4e4b8
DE
4925 return reg;
4926 }
4927
4928 /* v9 fp args in reg slots beyond the int reg slots get passed in regs
4929 but also have the slot allocated for them.
4930 If no prototype is in scope fp values in register slots get passed
4931 in two places, either fp regs and int regs or fp regs and memory. */
4932 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
4933 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
4934 && SPARC_FP_REG_P (regno))
4935 {
254110c2 4936 reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
4fb4e4b8
DE
4937 if (cum->prototype_p || cum->libcall_p)
4938 {
4939 /* "* 2" because fp reg numbers are recorded in 4 byte
4940 quantities. */
82d6b402 4941#if 0
4fb4e4b8
DE
4942 /* ??? This will cause the value to be passed in the fp reg and
4943 in the stack. When a prototype exists we want to pass the
4944 value in the reg but reserve space on the stack. That's an
956d6950 4945 optimization, and is deferred [for a bit]. */
4fb4e4b8 4946 if ((regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX * 2)
254110c2 4947 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode,
4fb4e4b8 4948 gen_rtvec (2,
254110c2 4949 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
4fb4e4b8 4950 NULL_RTX, const0_rtx),
254110c2 4951 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
4fb4e4b8
DE
4952 reg, const0_rtx)));
4953 else
82d6b402
RH
4954#else
4955 /* ??? It seems that passing back a register even when past
4956 the area declared by REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE will allocate
4957 space appropriately, and will not copy the data onto the
4958 stack, exactly as we desire.
4959
4960 This is due to locate_and_pad_parm being called in
4961 expand_call whenever reg_parm_stack_space > 0, which
4962 while benefical to our example here, would seem to be
4963 in error from what had been intended. Ho hum... -- r~ */
4964#endif
4fb4e4b8
DE
4965 return reg;
4966 }
4967 else
4968 {
82d6b402
RH
4969 rtx v0, v1;
4970
4fb4e4b8
DE
4971 if ((regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) < SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX * 2)
4972 {
82d6b402
RH
4973 int intreg;
4974
4975 /* On incoming, we don't need to know that the value
4976 is passed in %f0 and %i0, and it confuses other parts
4977 causing needless spillage even on the simplest cases. */
4978 if (incoming_p)
4979 return reg;
4980
4981 intreg = (SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST
4982 + (regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) / 2);
4983
4984 v0 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, const0_rtx);
4985 v1 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_REG (mode, intreg),
4986 const0_rtx);
4987 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec (2, v0, v1));
4fb4e4b8
DE
4988 }
4989 else
82d6b402
RH
4990 {
4991 v0 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx);
4992 v1 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, const0_rtx);
4993 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec (2, v0, v1));
4994 }
4fb4e4b8
DE
4995 }
4996 }
4997 else if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
4998 {
4999 /* Structures up to 16 bytes in size are passed in arg slots on the
5000 stack and are promoted to registers where possible. */
4fb4e4b8
DE
5001
5002 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) > 16)
5003 abort (); /* shouldn't get here */
5004
1eac9f59 5005 return function_arg_record_value (type, mode, slotno, named, regbase);
4fb4e4b8
DE
5006 }
5007 else if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
5008 {
5009 enum machine_mode mode;
5010 int bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
5011
5012 if (bytes > 16)
5013 abort ();
5014
5015 mode = mode_for_size (bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
254110c2 5016 reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
4fb4e4b8 5017 }
a7acd911 5018 else
4fb4e4b8
DE
5019 {
5020 /* Scalar or complex int. */
254110c2 5021 reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
4fb4e4b8
DE
5022 }
5023
5024 return reg;
5025}
a7acd911 5026
4fb4e4b8
DE
5027/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS macro.
5028 For an arg passed partly in registers and partly in memory,
5029 this is the number of registers used.
5030 For args passed entirely in registers or entirely in memory, zero.
61a55e8b 5031
4fb4e4b8
DE
5032 Any arg that starts in the first 6 regs but won't entirely fit in them
5033 needs partial registers on v8. On v9, structures with integer
5034 values in arg slots 5,6 will be passed in %o5 and SP+176, and complex fp
5035 values that begin in the last fp reg [where "last fp reg" varies with the
5036 mode] will be split between that reg and memory. */
61a55e8b 5037
4fb4e4b8
DE
5038int
5039function_arg_partial_nregs (cum, mode, type, named)
5040 const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
5041 enum machine_mode mode;
5042 tree type;
5043 int named;
5044{
5045 int slotno, regno, padding;
61a55e8b 5046
4fb4e4b8
DE
5047 /* We pass 0 for incoming_p here, it doesn't matter. */
5048 slotno = function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, 0, &regno, &padding);
5049
5050 if (slotno == -1)
5051 return 0;
5052
5053 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
bf62bbf1 5054 {
4fb4e4b8
DE
5055 if ((slotno + (mode == BLKmode
5056 ? ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type))
5057 : ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))))
5058 > NPARM_REGS (SImode))
5059 return NPARM_REGS (SImode) - slotno;
5060 return 0;
5061 }
5062 else
5063 {
5064 if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
5065 {
5066 int size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
5067 int align = TYPE_ALIGN (type);
bf62bbf1 5068
4fb4e4b8
DE
5069 if (align == 16)
5070 slotno += slotno & 1;
5071 if (size > 8 && size <= 16
5072 && slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 1)
5073 return 1;
5074 }
5075 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT
5076 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
5077 && ! TARGET_FPU))
5078 {
5079 if (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 128)
5080 {
5081 slotno += slotno & 1;
5082 if (slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 2)
5083 return 1;
5084 }
5085 else
5086 {
5087 if (slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 1)
5088 return 1;
5089 }
5090 }
5091 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
5092 {
5093 if (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 128)
5094 slotno += slotno & 1;
5095 if ((slotno + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
5096 > SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
5097 return 1;
5098 }
5099 return 0;
bf62bbf1 5100 }
4fb4e4b8 5101}
61a55e8b 5102
4fb4e4b8
DE
5103/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE macro.
5104 !v9: The SPARC ABI stipulates passing struct arguments (of any size) and
5105 quad-precision floats by invisible reference.
82d6b402 5106 v9: Aggregates greater than 16 bytes are passed by reference.
4fb4e4b8
DE
5107 For Pascal, also pass arrays by reference. */
5108
5109int
5110function_arg_pass_by_reference (cum, mode, type, named)
db3d4438 5111 const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4fb4e4b8
DE
5112 enum machine_mode mode;
5113 tree type;
db3d4438 5114 int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4fb4e4b8
DE
5115{
5116 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
eadceb59 5117 {
5e9defae 5118 return ((type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
4fb4e4b8
DE
5119 || mode == TFmode || mode == TCmode);
5120 }
5121 else
5122 {
5123 return ((type && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
80ffc95e 5124 /* Consider complex values as aggregates, so care for TCmode. */
82d6b402 5125 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 16
f36dea3c
RH
5126 || (type
5127 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
5128 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 16));
4fb4e4b8
DE
5129 }
5130}
5131
5132/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE macro.
5133 Update the data in CUM to advance over an argument
5134 of mode MODE and data type TYPE.
5135 TYPE is null for libcalls where that information may not be available. */
5136
5137void
5138function_arg_advance (cum, mode, type, named)
5139 CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
5140 enum machine_mode mode;
5141 tree type;
5142 int named;
5143{
5144 int slotno, regno, padding;
5145
5146 /* We pass 0 for incoming_p here, it doesn't matter. */
5147 slotno = function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, 0, &regno, &padding);
5148
5149 /* If register required leading padding, add it. */
5150 if (slotno != -1)
5151 cum->words += padding;
eadceb59 5152
4fb4e4b8
DE
5153 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
5154 {
5155 cum->words += (mode != BLKmode
5156 ? ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
5157 : ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type)));
5158 }
5159 else
5160 {
5161 if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
5162 {
5163 int size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
5164
5165 if (size <= 8)
5166 ++cum->words;
5167 else if (size <= 16)
5168 cum->words += 2;
5169 else /* passed by reference */
5170 ++cum->words;
5171 }
5172 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT)
5173 {
5174 cum->words += 2;
5175 }
5176 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
5177 {
5178 cum->words += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
5179 }
5180 else
5181 {
5182 cum->words += (mode != BLKmode
5183 ? ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
5184 : ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type)));
5185 }
eadceb59 5186 }
4fb4e4b8 5187}
eadceb59 5188
4fb4e4b8
DE
5189/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING macro.
5190 For the 64 bit ABI structs are always stored left shifted in their
5191 argument slot. */
5192
5193enum direction
5194function_arg_padding (mode, type)
5195 enum machine_mode mode;
5196 tree type;
5197{
c85f7c16
JL
5198 if (TARGET_ARCH64 && type != 0 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
5199 return upward;
61a55e8b 5200
4fb4e4b8
DE
5201 /* This is the default definition. */
5202 return (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
5203 ? upward
5204 : ((mode == BLKmode
5205 ? (type && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST
5206 && int_size_in_bytes (type) < (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT))
5207 : GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < PARM_BOUNDARY)
5208 ? downward : upward));
61a55e8b 5209}
82d6b402
RH
5210
5211/* Handle FUNCTION_VALUE, FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE, and LIBCALL_VALUE macros.
5212 For v9, function return values are subject to the same rules as arguments,
5213 except that up to 32-bytes may be returned in registers. */
5214
5215rtx
5216function_value (type, mode, incoming_p)
5217 tree type;
5218 enum machine_mode mode;
5219 int incoming_p;
5220{
5221 int regno;
5222 int regbase = (incoming_p
5223 ? SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST
5224 : SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
5225
5226 if (TARGET_ARCH64 && type)
5227 {
5228 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5229 {
5230 /* Structures up to 32 bytes in size are passed in registers,
5231 promoted to fp registers where possible. */
5232
5233 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) > 32)
5234 abort (); /* shouldn't get here */
5235
1eac9f59 5236 return function_arg_record_value (type, mode, 0, 1, regbase);
82d6b402 5237 }
8a7199ad 5238 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
82d6b402 5239 {
8a7199ad
RK
5240 /* All other aggregate types are passed in an integer register
5241 in a mode corresponding to the size of the type. */
5242 HOST_WIDE_INT bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
82d6b402
RH
5243
5244 if (bytes > 32)
5245 abort ();
5246
5247 mode = mode_for_size (bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
5248 }
5249 }
3c6088d2
JJ
5250
5251 if (TARGET_ARCH64
5252 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
5253 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD
8a7199ad 5254 && type && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
3c6088d2 5255 mode = DImode;
82d6b402
RH
5256
5257 if (incoming_p)
5258 regno = BASE_RETURN_VALUE_REG (mode);
5259 else
5260 regno = BASE_OUTGOING_VALUE_REG (mode);
5261
254110c2 5262 return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
82d6b402
RH
5263}
5264
648d2ffc
RH
5265/* Do what is necessary for `va_start'. We look at the current function
5266 to determine if stdarg or varargs is used and return the address of
5267 the first unnamed parameter. */
3ea1fdd3
JW
5268
5269rtx
648d2ffc 5270sparc_builtin_saveregs ()
3ea1fdd3 5271{
4fb4e4b8 5272 int first_reg = current_function_args_info.words;
3ea1fdd3
JW
5273 rtx address;
5274 int regno;
5275
4fb4e4b8 5276 for (regno = first_reg; regno < NPARM_REGS (word_mode); regno++)
254110c2 5277 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (word_mode,
8ac61af7
RK
5278 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
5279 frame_pointer_rtx,
563c12b0 5280 GEN_INT (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (0)
8ac61af7
RK
5281 + (UNITS_PER_WORD
5282 * regno)))),
254110c2 5283 gen_rtx_REG (word_mode,
8ac61af7 5284 BASE_INCOMING_ARG_REG (word_mode) + regno));
3ea1fdd3 5285
254110c2 5286 address = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
8ac61af7 5287 frame_pointer_rtx,
563c12b0 5288 GEN_INT (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (0)
8ac61af7 5289 + UNITS_PER_WORD * first_reg));
3ea1fdd3
JW
5290
5291 return address;
5292}
a8b2c8a1
RH
5293
5294/* Implement `va_start' for varargs and stdarg. */
5295
5296void
e5faf155 5297sparc_va_start (valist, nextarg)
a8b2c8a1
RH
5298 tree valist;
5299 rtx nextarg;
5300{
5301 nextarg = expand_builtin_saveregs ();
e5faf155 5302 std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg);
a8b2c8a1
RH
5303}
5304
5305/* Implement `va_arg'. */
5306
5307rtx
5308sparc_va_arg (valist, type)
5309 tree valist, type;
5310{
5311 HOST_WIDE_INT size, rsize, align;
da09e317 5312 tree addr, incr;
a8b2c8a1
RH
5313 rtx addr_rtx;
5314 int indirect = 0;
5315
5316 /* Round up sizeof(type) to a word. */
5317 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
5318 rsize = (size + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -UNITS_PER_WORD;
5319 align = 0;
5320
5321 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
5322 {
fbd039b2 5323 if (TYPE_ALIGN (type) >= 2 * (unsigned) BITS_PER_WORD)
a8b2c8a1
RH
5324 align = 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
5325
f34e52f7 5326 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
a8b2c8a1 5327 {
f36dea3c 5328 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) size > 16)
f34e52f7
JJ
5329 {
5330 indirect = 1;
5331 size = rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
5332 }
014c0998
JJ
5333 /* SPARC v9 ABI states that structures up to 8 bytes in size are
5334 given one 8 byte slot. */
5335 else if (size == 0)
5336 size = rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
f34e52f7
JJ
5337 else
5338 size = rsize;
a8b2c8a1
RH
5339 }
5340 }
5341 else
5342 {
5343 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
5344 || TYPE_MODE (type) == TFmode
5345 || TYPE_MODE (type) == TCmode)
5346 {
5347 indirect = 1;
5348 size = rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
5349 }
a8b2c8a1
RH
5350 }
5351
5352 incr = valist;
5353 if (align)
5354 {
5355 incr = fold (build (PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, incr,
5356 build_int_2 (align - 1, 0)));
5357 incr = fold (build (BIT_AND_EXPR, ptr_type_node, incr,
5358 build_int_2 (-align, -1)));
5359 }
5360
5361 addr = incr = save_expr (incr);
5362 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && size < rsize)
5363 {
5364 addr = fold (build (PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, incr,
5365 build_int_2 (rsize - size, 0)));
5366 }
5367 incr = fold (build (PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, incr,
5368 build_int_2 (rsize, 0)));
5369
5370 incr = build (MODIFY_EXPR, ptr_type_node, valist, incr);
5371 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (incr) = 1;
5372 expand_expr (incr, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
5373
5374 addr_rtx = expand_expr (addr, NULL, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
5375
9a0662b4
GK
5376 /* If the address isn't aligned properly for the type,
5377 we may need to copy to a temporary.
5378 FIXME: This is inefficient. Usually we can do this
5379 in registers. */
5380 if (align == 0
5381 && TYPE_ALIGN (type) > BITS_PER_WORD
5382 && !indirect)
5383 {
5384 /* FIXME: We really need to specify that the temporary is live
5385 for the whole function because expand_builtin_va_arg wants
5386 the alias set to be get_varargs_alias_set (), but in this
5387 case the alias set is that for TYPE and if the memory gets
5388 reused it will be reused with alias set TYPE. */
5389 rtx tmp = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 0);
5390 rtx dest_addr;
5391
5392 addr_rtx = force_reg (Pmode, addr_rtx);
5393 addr_rtx = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr_rtx);
ba4828e0 5394 set_mem_alias_set (addr_rtx, get_varargs_alias_set ());
8ac61af7 5395 set_mem_align (addr_rtx, BITS_PER_WORD);
9a0662b4
GK
5396 tmp = shallow_copy_rtx (tmp);
5397 PUT_MODE (tmp, BLKmode);
ba4828e0 5398 set_mem_alias_set (tmp, 0);
9a0662b4 5399
44bb111a
RH
5400 dest_addr = emit_block_move (tmp, addr_rtx, GEN_INT (rsize),
5401 BLOCK_OP_NORMAL);
9a0662b4
GK
5402 if (dest_addr != NULL_RTX)
5403 addr_rtx = dest_addr;
5404 else
5405 addr_rtx = XCEXP (tmp, 0, MEM);
5406 }
5407
a8b2c8a1
RH
5408 if (indirect)
5409 {
5410 addr_rtx = force_reg (Pmode, addr_rtx);
5411 addr_rtx = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr_rtx);
ba4828e0 5412 set_mem_alias_set (addr_rtx, get_varargs_alias_set ());
a8b2c8a1
RH
5413 }
5414
5415 return addr_rtx;
5416}
ab835497
RK
5417\f
5418/* Return the string to output a conditional branch to LABEL, which is
c4ce6853
DE
5419 the operand number of the label. OP is the conditional expression.
5420 XEXP (OP, 0) is assumed to be a condition code register (integer or
5421 floating point) and its mode specifies what kind of comparison we made.
61a55e8b 5422
5e7a8ee0 5423 REVERSED is nonzero if we should reverse the sense of the comparison.
ab835497 5424
5e7a8ee0 5425 ANNUL is nonzero if we should generate an annulling branch.
ab835497 5426
5e7a8ee0 5427 NOOP is nonzero if we have to follow this branch by a noop.
c6b0465b
JC
5428
5429 INSN, if set, is the insn. */
ab835497
RK
5430
5431char *
0b82d204
JJ
5432output_cbranch (op, dest, label, reversed, annul, noop, insn)
5433 rtx op, dest;
ab835497
RK
5434 int label;
5435 int reversed, annul, noop;
c6b0465b 5436 rtx insn;
ab835497 5437{
0b82d204 5438 static char string[50];
ab835497 5439 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
c4ce6853
DE
5440 rtx cc_reg = XEXP (op, 0);
5441 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (cc_reg);
0b82d204
JJ
5442 const char *labelno, *branch;
5443 int spaces = 8, far;
5444 char *p;
5445
5446 /* v9 branches are limited to +-1MB. If it is too far away,
5447 change
5448
5449 bne,pt %xcc, .LC30
5450
5451 to
5452
5453 be,pn %xcc, .+12
5454 nop
5455 ba .LC30
5456
5457 and
5458
5459 fbne,a,pn %fcc2, .LC29
61a55e8b 5460
0b82d204
JJ
5461 to
5462
5463 fbe,pt %fcc2, .+16
5464 nop
5465 ba .LC29 */
5466
5467 far = get_attr_length (insn) >= 3;
5468 if (reversed ^ far)
ab835497 5469 {
e267e177
RH
5470 /* Reversal of FP compares takes care -- an ordered compare
5471 becomes an unordered compare and vice versa. */
4d449554 5472 if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
7913f3d0 5473 code = reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (code);
ab835497 5474 else
e267e177 5475 code = reverse_condition (code);
ab835497
RK
5476 }
5477
e267e177
RH
5478 /* Start by writing the branch condition. */
5479 if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
5850dc00
RH
5480 {
5481 switch (code)
5482 {
5483 case NE:
5484 branch = "fbne";
5485 break;
5486 case EQ:
5487 branch = "fbe";
5488 break;
5489 case GE:
5490 branch = "fbge";
5491 break;
5492 case GT:
5493 branch = "fbg";
5494 break;
5495 case LE:
5496 branch = "fble";
5497 break;
5498 case LT:
5499 branch = "fbl";
5500 break;
5501 case UNORDERED:
5502 branch = "fbu";
5503 break;
5504 case ORDERED:
5505 branch = "fbo";
5506 break;
5507 case UNGT:
5508 branch = "fbug";
5509 break;
5510 case UNLT:
5511 branch = "fbul";
5512 break;
5513 case UNEQ:
5514 branch = "fbue";
5515 break;
5516 case UNGE:
5517 branch = "fbuge";
5518 break;
5519 case UNLE:
5520 branch = "fbule";
5521 break;
5522 case LTGT:
5523 branch = "fblg";
5524 break;
5525
5526 default:
5527 abort ();
5528 }
5529
5530 /* ??? !v9: FP branches cannot be preceded by another floating point
5531 insn. Because there is currently no concept of pre-delay slots,
5532 we can fix this only by always emitting a nop before a floating
5533 point branch. */
5534
5535 string[0] = '\0';
5536 if (! TARGET_V9)
5537 strcpy (string, "nop\n\t");
5538 strcat (string, branch);
5539 }
e267e177 5540 else
5850dc00
RH
5541 {
5542 switch (code)
5543 {
5544 case NE:
5545 branch = "bne";
5546 break;
5547 case EQ:
5548 branch = "be";
5549 break;
5550 case GE:
0b82d204 5551 if (mode == CC_NOOVmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
5850dc00
RH
5552 branch = "bpos";
5553 else
5554 branch = "bge";
5555 break;
5556 case GT:
5557 branch = "bg";
5558 break;
5559 case LE:
5560 branch = "ble";
5561 break;
5562 case LT:
0b82d204 5563 if (mode == CC_NOOVmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
5850dc00
RH
5564 branch = "bneg";
5565 else
5566 branch = "bl";
5567 break;
5568 case GEU:
5569 branch = "bgeu";
5570 break;
5571 case GTU:
5572 branch = "bgu";
5573 break;
5574 case LEU:
5575 branch = "bleu";
5576 break;
5577 case LTU:
5578 branch = "blu";
5579 break;
5580
5581 default:
5582 abort ();
5583 }
5584 strcpy (string, branch);
5585 }
e267e177 5586 spaces -= strlen (branch);
0b82d204 5587 p = strchr (string, '\0');
e267e177 5588
ab835497 5589 /* Now add the annulling, the label, and a possible noop. */
0b82d204 5590 if (annul && ! far)
e0d80184 5591 {
0b82d204
JJ
5592 strcpy (p, ",a");
5593 p += 2;
e0d80184
DM
5594 spaces -= 2;
5595 }
ab835497 5596
61a55e8b 5597 if (! TARGET_V9)
0b82d204 5598 labelno = "";
61a55e8b
DE
5599 else
5600 {
c6b0465b 5601 rtx note;
0b82d204 5602 int v8 = 0;
c6b0465b 5603
0b82d204 5604 if (! far && insn && INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P ())
e0d80184 5605 {
0b82d204
JJ
5606 int delta = (INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (dest))
5607 - INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
5608 /* Leave some instructions for "slop". */
5609 if (delta < -260000 || delta >= 260000)
5610 v8 = 1;
e0d80184 5611 }
c6b0465b 5612
61a55e8b
DE
5613 if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
5614 {
0b82d204 5615 static char v9_fcc_labelno[] = "%%fccX, ";
61a55e8b 5616 /* Set the char indicating the number of the fcc reg to use. */
0b82d204
JJ
5617 v9_fcc_labelno[5] = REGNO (cc_reg) - SPARC_FIRST_V9_FCC_REG + '0';
5618 labelno = v9_fcc_labelno;
5619 if (v8)
5620 {
5621 if (REGNO (cc_reg) == SPARC_FCC_REG)
5622 labelno = "";
5623 else
5624 abort ();
5625 }
61a55e8b
DE
5626 }
5627 else if (mode == CCXmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
0b82d204
JJ
5628 {
5629 labelno = "%%xcc, ";
5630 if (v8)
5631 abort ();
5632 }
61a55e8b 5633 else
0b82d204
JJ
5634 {
5635 labelno = "%%icc, ";
5636 if (v8)
5637 labelno = "";
5638 }
5639
4f31cce8 5640 if (*labelno && insn && (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, NULL_RTX)))
0b82d204
JJ
5641 {
5642 strcpy (p,
4f31cce8 5643 ((INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) >= REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 2) ^ far)
0b82d204
JJ
5644 ? ",pt" : ",pn");
5645 p += 3;
5646 spaces -= 3;
5647 }
61a55e8b 5648 }
e0d80184 5649 if (spaces > 0)
0b82d204 5650 *p++ = '\t';
e0d80184 5651 else
0b82d204
JJ
5652 *p++ = ' ';
5653 strcpy (p, labelno);
5654 p = strchr (p, '\0');
5655 if (far)
5656 {
5657 strcpy (p, ".+12\n\tnop\n\tb\t");
5658 if (annul || noop)
5659 p[3] = '6';
5660 p += 13;
5661 }
5662 *p++ = '%';
5663 *p++ = 'l';
5664 /* Set the char indicating the number of the operand containing the
5665 label_ref. */
5666 *p++ = label + '0';
5667 *p = '\0';
61a55e8b 5668 if (noop)
0b82d204 5669 strcpy (p, "\n\tnop");
61a55e8b
DE
5670
5671 return string;
5672}
5673
47ac041c
JJ
5674/* Emit a library call comparison between floating point X and Y.
5675 COMPARISON is the rtl operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
5676 TARGET_ARCH64 uses _Qp_* functions, which use pointers to TFmode
5677 values as arguments instead of the TFmode registers themselves,
5678 that's why we cannot call emit_float_lib_cmp. */
5679void
5680sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (x, y, comparison)
5681 rtx x, y;
5682 enum rtx_code comparison;
5683{
e77d72cb 5684 const char *qpfunc;
5c5c34a4
JJ
5685 rtx slot0, slot1, result, tem, tem2;
5686 enum machine_mode mode;
47ac041c
JJ
5687
5688 switch (comparison)
5689 {
5690 case EQ:
5c5c34a4 5691 qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_feq" : "_Q_feq";
47ac041c
JJ
5692 break;
5693
5694 case NE:
5c5c34a4 5695 qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fne" : "_Q_fne";
47ac041c
JJ
5696 break;
5697
5698 case GT:
5c5c34a4 5699 qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fgt" : "_Q_fgt";
47ac041c
JJ
5700 break;
5701
5702 case GE:
5c5c34a4 5703 qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fge" : "_Q_fge";
47ac041c
JJ
5704 break;
5705
5706 case LT:
5c5c34a4 5707 qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_flt" : "_Q_flt";
47ac041c
JJ
5708 break;
5709
5710 case LE:
5c5c34a4
JJ
5711 qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fle" : "_Q_fle";
5712 break;
5713
5714 case ORDERED:
5715 case UNORDERED:
5716 case UNGT:
5717 case UNLT:
5718 case UNEQ:
5719 case UNGE:
5720 case UNLE:
5721 case LTGT:
5722 qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_cmp" : "_Q_cmp";
47ac041c
JJ
5723 break;
5724
5725 default:
5726 abort();
5727 break;
5728 }
5729
5c5c34a4 5730 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
47ac041c 5731 {
5c5c34a4
JJ
5732 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
5733 {
5734 slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0);
5735 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot0, x));
5736 }
5737 else
5738 slot0 = x;
5739
5740 if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM)
5741 {
5742 slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0);
5743 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot1, y));
5744 }
5745 else
5746 slot1 = y;
47ac041c 5747
eb29ddb6 5748 emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, qpfunc), LCT_NORMAL,
5c5c34a4
JJ
5749 DImode, 2,
5750 XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode,
5751 XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode);
5752
5753 mode = DImode;
5754 }
5755 else
47ac041c 5756 {
eb29ddb6 5757 emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, qpfunc), LCT_NORMAL,
5c5c34a4
JJ
5758 SImode, 2,
5759 x, TFmode, y, TFmode);
5760
5761 mode = SImode;
47ac041c
JJ
5762 }
5763
47ac041c
JJ
5764
5765 /* Immediately move the result of the libcall into a pseudo
5766 register so reload doesn't clobber the value if it needs
5767 the return register for a spill reg. */
5c5c34a4
JJ
5768 result = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
5769 emit_move_insn (result, hard_libcall_value (mode));
47ac041c 5770
5c5c34a4
JJ
5771 switch (comparison)
5772 {
5773 default:
3b2d1507 5774 emit_cmp_insn (result, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
5c5c34a4
JJ
5775 break;
5776 case ORDERED:
5777 case UNORDERED:
3b2d1507
AT
5778 emit_cmp_insn (result, GEN_INT(3), comparison == UNORDERED ? EQ : NE,
5779 NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
5c5c34a4
JJ
5780 break;
5781 case UNGT:
5782 case UNGE:
5783 emit_cmp_insn (result, const1_rtx,
3b2d1507 5784 comparison == UNGT ? GT : NE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
5c5c34a4
JJ
5785 break;
5786 case UNLE:
3b2d1507 5787 emit_cmp_insn (result, const2_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
5c5c34a4
JJ
5788 break;
5789 case UNLT:
5790 tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
5791 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
5792 emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
5793 else
5794 emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
3b2d1507 5795 emit_cmp_insn (tem, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
5c5c34a4
JJ
5796 break;
5797 case UNEQ:
5798 case LTGT:
5799 tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
5800 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
5801 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
5802 else
5803 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
5804 tem2 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
5805 if (TARGET_ARCH32)
5806 emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tem2, tem, const2_rtx));
5807 else
5808 emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (tem2, tem, const2_rtx));
3b2d1507
AT
5809 emit_cmp_insn (tem2, const0_rtx, comparison == UNEQ ? EQ : NE,
5810 NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
5c5c34a4
JJ
5811 break;
5812 }
47ac041c 5813}
5c5c34a4 5814
d88e57d1
RH
5815/* Generate an unsigned DImode to FP conversion. This is the same code
5816 optabs would emit if we didn't have TFmode patterns. */
5817
5818void
5819sparc_emit_floatunsdi (operands)
5820 rtx operands[2];
5821{
5822 rtx neglab, donelab, i0, i1, f0, in, out;
5823 enum machine_mode mode;
5824
5825 out = operands[0];
5826 in = force_reg (DImode, operands[1]);
5827 mode = GET_MODE (out);
5828 neglab = gen_label_rtx ();
5829 donelab = gen_label_rtx ();
5830 i0 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
5831 i1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
5832 f0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
5833
5834 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (in, const0_rtx, LT, const0_rtx, DImode, 0, neglab);
5835
5836 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, in)));
5837 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (donelab));
5838 emit_barrier ();
5839
5840 emit_label (neglab);
5841
5842 emit_insn (gen_lshrdi3 (i0, in, const1_rtx));
5843 emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (i1, in, const1_rtx));
5844 emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (i0, i0, i1));
5845 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, f0, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, i0)));
5846 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, f0, f0)));
5847
5848 emit_label (donelab);
5849}
5850
61a55e8b
DE
5851/* Return the string to output a conditional branch to LABEL, testing
5852 register REG. LABEL is the operand number of the label; REG is the
5853 operand number of the reg. OP is the conditional expression. The mode
5854 of REG says what kind of comparison we made.
5855
5e7a8ee0 5856 REVERSED is nonzero if we should reverse the sense of the comparison.
61a55e8b 5857
5e7a8ee0 5858 ANNUL is nonzero if we should generate an annulling branch.
61a55e8b 5859
5e7a8ee0 5860 NOOP is nonzero if we have to follow this branch by a noop. */
61a55e8b
DE
5861
5862char *
0b82d204
JJ
5863output_v9branch (op, dest, reg, label, reversed, annul, noop, insn)
5864 rtx op, dest;
61a55e8b
DE
5865 int reg, label;
5866 int reversed, annul, noop;
e0d80184 5867 rtx insn;
61a55e8b 5868{
0b82d204 5869 static char string[50];
61a55e8b
DE
5870 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
5871 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
e0d80184 5872 rtx note;
0b82d204
JJ
5873 int far;
5874 char *p;
5875
5876 /* branch on register are limited to +-128KB. If it is too far away,
5877 change
5878
5879 brnz,pt %g1, .LC30
5880
5881 to
5882
5883 brz,pn %g1, .+12
5884 nop
5885 ba,pt %xcc, .LC30
5886
5887 and
5888
5889 brgez,a,pn %o1, .LC29
5890
5891 to
5892
5893 brlz,pt %o1, .+16
5894 nop
5895 ba,pt %xcc, .LC29 */
5896
5897 far = get_attr_length (insn) >= 3;
61a55e8b
DE
5898
5899 /* If not floating-point or if EQ or NE, we can just reverse the code. */
0b82d204
JJ
5900 if (reversed ^ far)
5901 code = reverse_condition (code);
61a55e8b
DE
5902
5903 /* Only 64 bit versions of these instructions exist. */
5904 if (mode != DImode)
5905 abort ();
5906
5907 /* Start by writing the branch condition. */
5908
5909 switch (code)
5910 {
5911 case NE:
5912 strcpy (string, "brnz");
5913 break;
5914
5915 case EQ:
5916 strcpy (string, "brz");
5917 break;
5918
5919 case GE:
5920 strcpy (string, "brgez");
5921 break;
5922
5923 case LT:
5924 strcpy (string, "brlz");
5925 break;
5926
5927 case LE:
5928 strcpy (string, "brlez");
5929 break;
5930
5931 case GT:
5932 strcpy (string, "brgz");
5933 break;
5934
5935 default:
5936 abort ();
5937 }
5938
0b82d204
JJ
5939 p = strchr (string, '\0');
5940
61a55e8b 5941 /* Now add the annulling, reg, label, and nop. */
0b82d204 5942 if (annul && ! far)
e0d80184 5943 {
0b82d204
JJ
5944 strcpy (p, ",a");
5945 p += 2;
e0d80184 5946 }
61a55e8b 5947
4f31cce8 5948 if (insn && (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, NULL_RTX)))
e0d80184 5949 {
0b82d204 5950 strcpy (p,
4f31cce8 5951 ((INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) >= REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 2) ^ far)
0b82d204
JJ
5952 ? ",pt" : ",pn");
5953 p += 3;
e0d80184 5954 }
61a55e8b 5955
0b82d204
JJ
5956 *p = p < string + 8 ? '\t' : ' ';
5957 p++;
5958 *p++ = '%';
5959 *p++ = '0' + reg;
5960 *p++ = ',';
5961 *p++ = ' ';
5962 if (far)
5963 {
5964 int veryfar = 1, delta;
5965
5966 if (INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P ())
5967 {
5968 delta = (INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (dest))
5969 - INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
5970 /* Leave some instructions for "slop". */
5971 if (delta >= -260000 && delta < 260000)
5972 veryfar = 0;
5973 }
5974
5975 strcpy (p, ".+12\n\tnop\n\t");
5976 if (annul || noop)
5977 p[3] = '6';
5978 p += 11;
5979 if (veryfar)
5980 {
5981 strcpy (p, "b\t");
5982 p += 2;
5983 }
5984 else
5985 {
5986 strcpy (p, "ba,pt\t%%xcc, ");
5987 p += 13;
5988 }
5989 }
5990 *p++ = '%';
5991 *p++ = 'l';
5992 *p++ = '0' + label;
5993 *p = '\0';
ab835497
RK
5994
5995 if (noop)
0b82d204 5996 strcpy (p, "\n\tnop");
ab835497
RK
5997
5998 return string;
5999}
6000
e48addee
JJ
6001/* Return 1, if any of the registers of the instruction are %l[0-7] or %o[0-7].
6002 Such instructions cannot be used in the delay slot of return insn on v9.
6003 If TEST is 0, also rename all %i[0-7] registers to their %o[0-7] counterparts.
6004 */
284d86e9 6005
e48addee
JJ
6006static int
6007epilogue_renumber (where, test)
6008 register rtx *where;
6009 int test;
284d86e9 6010{
e48addee
JJ
6011 register const char *fmt;
6012 register int i;
6013 register enum rtx_code code;
6014
6015 if (*where == 0)
6016 return 0;
6017
6018 code = GET_CODE (*where);
284d86e9
JC
6019
6020 switch (code)
6021 {
284d86e9 6022 case REG:
e48addee
JJ
6023 if (REGNO (*where) >= 8 && REGNO (*where) < 24) /* oX or lX */
6024 return 1;
6025 if (! test && REGNO (*where) >= 24 && REGNO (*where) < 32)
6026 *where = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (*where), OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO(*where)));
6027 case SCRATCH:
6028 case CC0:
6029 case PC:
284d86e9
JC
6030 case CONST_INT:
6031 case CONST_DOUBLE:
e48addee 6032 return 0;
76a7c776 6033
09ebda1b
SC
6034 /* Do not replace the frame pointer with the stack pointer because
6035 it can cause the delayed instruction to load below the stack.
6036 This occurs when instructions like:
6037
6038 (set (reg/i:SI 24 %i0)
6039 (mem/f:SI (plus:SI (reg/f:SI 30 %fp)
6040 (const_int -20 [0xffffffec])) 0))
6041
6042 are in the return delayed slot. */
6043 case PLUS:
6044 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 0)) == REG
563c12b0 6045 && REGNO (XEXP (*where, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
09ebda1b
SC
6046 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 1)) != CONST_INT
6047 || INTVAL (XEXP (*where, 1)) < SPARC_STACK_BIAS))
6048 return 1;
6049 break;
6050
6051 case MEM:
6052 if (SPARC_STACK_BIAS
6053 && GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 0)) == REG
563c12b0 6054 && REGNO (XEXP (*where, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
09ebda1b
SC
6055 return 1;
6056 break;
6057
76a7c776
DM
6058 default:
6059 break;
e48addee 6060 }
284d86e9 6061
e48addee 6062 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
284d86e9 6063
e48addee
JJ
6064 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
6065 {
6066 if (fmt[i] == 'E')
6067 {
6068 register int j;
6069 for (j = XVECLEN (*where, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
6070 if (epilogue_renumber (&(XVECEXP (*where, i, j)), test))
6071 return 1;
6072 }
6073 else if (fmt[i] == 'e'
6074 && epilogue_renumber (&(XEXP (*where, i)), test))
6075 return 1;
284d86e9 6076 }
e48addee 6077 return 0;
284d86e9 6078}
ab835497
RK
6079\f
6080/* Leaf functions and non-leaf functions have different needs. */
6081
8b60264b 6082static const int
ab835497
RK
6083reg_leaf_alloc_order[] = REG_LEAF_ALLOC_ORDER;
6084
8b60264b 6085static const int
ab835497
RK
6086reg_nonleaf_alloc_order[] = REG_ALLOC_ORDER;
6087
8b60264b 6088static const int *const reg_alloc_orders[] = {
ab835497
RK
6089 reg_leaf_alloc_order,
6090 reg_nonleaf_alloc_order};
6091
6092void
6093order_regs_for_local_alloc ()
6094{
6095 static int last_order_nonleaf = 1;
6096
6097 if (regs_ever_live[15] != last_order_nonleaf)
6098 {
6099 last_order_nonleaf = !last_order_nonleaf;
2e09e75a 6100 memcpy ((char *) reg_alloc_order,
8b60264b 6101 (const char *) reg_alloc_orders[last_order_nonleaf],
2e09e75a 6102 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof (int));
ab835497
RK
6103 }
6104}
6105\f
e0d80184
DM
6106/* Return 1 if REG and MEM are legitimate enough to allow the various
6107 mem<-->reg splits to be run. */
6108
6109int
e61c29e9 6110sparc_splitdi_legitimate (reg, mem)
e0d80184
DM
6111 rtx reg;
6112 rtx mem;
6113{
e0d80184
DM
6114 /* Punt if we are here by mistake. */
6115 if (! reload_completed)
9208e4b2 6116 abort ();
e0d80184
DM
6117
6118 /* We must have an offsettable memory reference. */
6119 if (! offsettable_memref_p (mem))
6120 return 0;
6121
6122 /* If we have legitimate args for ldd/std, we do not want
6123 the split to happen. */
6124 if ((REGNO (reg) % 2) == 0
6125 && mem_min_alignment (mem, 8))
6126 return 0;
6127
6128 /* Success. */
6129 return 1;
6130}
6131
e61c29e9
DM
6132/* Return 1 if x and y are some kind of REG and they refer to
6133 different hard registers. This test is guarenteed to be
6134 run after reload. */
6135
6136int
6137sparc_absnegfloat_split_legitimate (x, y)
6138 rtx x, y;
6139{
e61c29e9
DM
6140 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
6141 return 0;
e61c29e9
DM
6142 if (GET_CODE (y) != REG)
6143 return 0;
6144 if (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y))
6145 return 0;
6146 return 1;
6147}
6148
35016322
JW
6149/* Return 1 if REGNO (reg1) is even and REGNO (reg1) == REGNO (reg2) - 1.
6150 This makes them candidates for using ldd and std insns.
6151
bfd6bc60 6152 Note reg1 and reg2 *must* be hard registers. */
35016322
JW
6153
6154int
7c56249d 6155registers_ok_for_ldd_peep (reg1, reg2)
35016322
JW
6156 rtx reg1, reg2;
6157{
35016322
JW
6158 /* We might have been passed a SUBREG. */
6159 if (GET_CODE (reg1) != REG || GET_CODE (reg2) != REG)
6160 return 0;
6161
35016322
JW
6162 if (REGNO (reg1) % 2 != 0)
6163 return 0;
6164
bfd6bc60
JC
6165 /* Integer ldd is deprecated in SPARC V9 */
6166 if (TARGET_V9 && REGNO (reg1) < 32)
6167 return 0;
6168
35016322 6169 return (REGNO (reg1) == REGNO (reg2) - 1);
35016322
JW
6170}
6171
2aad5d68 6172/* Return 1 if the addresses in mem1 and mem2 are suitable for use in
303f8933
DN
6173 an ldd or std insn.
6174
2aad5d68
DN
6175 This can only happen when addr1 and addr2, the addresses in mem1
6176 and mem2, are consecutive memory locations (addr1 + 4 == addr2).
303f8933
DN
6177 addr1 must also be aligned on a 64-bit boundary.
6178
6179 Also iff dependent_reg_rtx is not null it should not be used to
6180 compute the address for mem1, i.e. we cannot optimize a sequence
6181 like:
6182 ld [%o0], %o0
6183 ld [%o0 + 4], %o1
6184 to
bcdd764b 6185 ldd [%o0], %o0
0acf409f
DM
6186 nor:
6187 ld [%g3 + 4], %g3
6188 ld [%g3], %g2
6189 to
6190 ldd [%g3], %g2
6191
6192 But, note that the transformation from:
6193 ld [%g2 + 4], %g3
6194 ld [%g2], %g2
6195 to
6196 ldd [%g2], %g2
6197 is perfectly fine. Thus, the peephole2 patterns always pass us
6198 the destination register of the first load, never the second one.
6199
303f8933
DN
6200 For stores we don't have a similar problem, so dependent_reg_rtx is
6201 NULL_RTX. */
35016322
JW
6202
6203int
303f8933
DN
6204mems_ok_for_ldd_peep (mem1, mem2, dependent_reg_rtx)
6205 rtx mem1, mem2, dependent_reg_rtx;
35016322 6206{
2aad5d68 6207 rtx addr1, addr2;
0d587737
KG
6208 unsigned int reg1;
6209 int offset1;
35016322 6210
303f8933
DN
6211 /* The mems cannot be volatile. */
6212 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem1) || MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem2))
6213 return 0;
2aad5d68 6214
303f8933 6215 /* MEM1 should be aligned on a 64-bit boundary. */
2aad5d68
DN
6216 if (MEM_ALIGN (mem1) < 64)
6217 return 0;
6218
303f8933
DN
6219 addr1 = XEXP (mem1, 0);
6220 addr2 = XEXP (mem2, 0);
6221
35016322
JW
6222 /* Extract a register number and offset (if used) from the first addr. */
6223 if (GET_CODE (addr1) == PLUS)
6224 {
6225 /* If not a REG, return zero. */
6226 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr1, 0)) != REG)
6227 return 0;
6228 else
6229 {
6230 reg1 = REGNO (XEXP (addr1, 0));
6231 /* The offset must be constant! */
6232 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr1, 1)) != CONST_INT)
6233 return 0;
6234 offset1 = INTVAL (XEXP (addr1, 1));
6235 }
6236 }
6237 else if (GET_CODE (addr1) != REG)
6238 return 0;
6239 else
6240 {
6241 reg1 = REGNO (addr1);
6242 /* This was a simple (mem (reg)) expression. Offset is 0. */
6243 offset1 = 0;
6244 }
6245
6246 /* Make sure the second address is a (mem (plus (reg) (const_int). */
6247 if (GET_CODE (addr2) != PLUS)
6248 return 0;
6249
6250 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr2, 0)) != REG
6251 || GET_CODE (XEXP (addr2, 1)) != CONST_INT)
6252 return 0;
6253
35016322
JW
6254 if (reg1 != REGNO (XEXP (addr2, 0)))
6255 return 0;
6256
303f8933
DN
6257 if (dependent_reg_rtx != NULL_RTX && reg1 == REGNO (dependent_reg_rtx))
6258 return 0;
6259
2296cba3 6260 /* The first offset must be evenly divisible by 8 to ensure the
35016322
JW
6261 address is 64 bit aligned. */
6262 if (offset1 % 8 != 0)
6263 return 0;
6264
6265 /* The offset for the second addr must be 4 more than the first addr. */
6266 if (INTVAL (XEXP (addr2, 1)) != offset1 + 4)
6267 return 0;
6268
6269 /* All the tests passed. addr1 and addr2 are valid for ldd and std
6270 instructions. */
6271 return 1;
6272}
7c56249d
JL
6273
6274/* Return 1 if reg is a pseudo, or is the first register in
6275 a hard register pair. This makes it a candidate for use in
6276 ldd and std insns. */
6277
6278int
6279register_ok_for_ldd (reg)
6280 rtx reg;
6281{
7c56249d
JL
6282 /* We might have been passed a SUBREG. */
6283 if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG)
6284 return 0;
6285
6286 if (REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6287 return (REGNO (reg) % 2 == 0);
6288 else
6289 return 1;
7c56249d 6290}
ab835497 6291\f
ab835497
RK
6292/* Print operand X (an rtx) in assembler syntax to file FILE.
6293 CODE is a letter or dot (`z' in `%z0') or 0 if no letter was specified.
6294 For `%' followed by punctuation, CODE is the punctuation and X is null. */
6295
6296void
6297print_operand (file, x, code)
6298 FILE *file;
6299 rtx x;
6300 int code;
6301{
6302 switch (code)
6303 {
6304 case '#':
6305 /* Output a 'nop' if there's nothing for the delay slot. */
6306 if (dbr_sequence_length () == 0)
e0d80184 6307 fputs ("\n\t nop", file);
ab835497
RK
6308 return;
6309 case '*':
c6ce0969
JW
6310 /* Output an annul flag if there's nothing for the delay slot and we
6311 are optimizing. This is always used with '(' below. */
6312 /* Sun OS 4.1.1 dbx can't handle an annulled unconditional branch;
6313 this is a dbx bug. So, we only do this when optimizing. */
bfd6bc60
JC
6314 /* On UltraSPARC, a branch in a delay slot causes a pipeline flush.
6315 Always emit a nop in case the next instruction is a branch. */
6316 if (dbr_sequence_length () == 0
284d86e9 6317 && (optimize && (int)sparc_cpu < PROCESSOR_V9))
c6ce0969
JW
6318 fputs (",a", file);
6319 return;
6320 case '(':
6321 /* Output a 'nop' if there's nothing for the delay slot and we are
6322 not optimizing. This is always used with '*' above. */
bfd6bc60 6323 if (dbr_sequence_length () == 0
284d86e9 6324 && ! (optimize && (int)sparc_cpu < PROCESSOR_V9))
e0d80184 6325 fputs ("\n\t nop", file);
ab835497 6326 return;
61a55e8b 6327 case '_':
a0a301fc
DE
6328 /* Output the Embedded Medium/Anywhere code model base register. */
6329 fputs (EMBMEDANY_BASE_REG, file);
61a55e8b
DE
6330 return;
6331 case '@':
6332 /* Print out what we are using as the frame pointer. This might
6333 be %fp, or might be %sp+offset. */
6334 /* ??? What if offset is too big? Perhaps the caller knows it isn't? */
6335 fprintf (file, "%s+%d", frame_base_name, frame_base_offset);
6336 return;
ab835497
RK
6337 case 'Y':
6338 /* Adjust the operand to take into account a RESTORE operation. */
bfd6bc60
JC
6339 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
6340 break;
6341 else if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
c725bd79 6342 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%Y operand");
b3b1e8bd 6343 else if (REGNO (x) < 8)
ab835497
RK
6344 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
6345 else if (REGNO (x) >= 24 && REGNO (x) < 32)
6346 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)-16], file);
6347 else
c725bd79 6348 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%Y operand");
ab835497 6349 return;
0f39a9aa
DE
6350 case 'L':
6351 /* Print out the low order register name of a register pair. */
6352 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6353 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
6354 else
6355 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
6356 return;
6357 case 'H':
6358 /* Print out the high order register name of a register pair. */
6359 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6360 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
6361 else
6362 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
6363 return;
ab835497 6364 case 'R':
795068a4 6365 /* Print out the second register name of a register pair or quad.
ab835497
RK
6366 I.e., R (%o0) => %o1. */
6367 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
6368 return;
795068a4
JW
6369 case 'S':
6370 /* Print out the third register name of a register quad.
6371 I.e., S (%o0) => %o2. */
6372 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+2], file);
6373 return;
6374 case 'T':
6375 /* Print out the fourth register name of a register quad.
6376 I.e., T (%o0) => %o3. */
6377 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+3], file);
6378 return;
304b7a23
DE
6379 case 'x':
6380 /* Print a condition code register. */
6381 if (REGNO (x) == SPARC_ICC_REG)
6382 {
6383 /* We don't handle CC[X]_NOOVmode because they're not supposed
6384 to occur here. */
6385 if (GET_MODE (x) == CCmode)
6386 fputs ("%icc", file);
6387 else if (GET_MODE (x) == CCXmode)
6388 fputs ("%xcc", file);
6389 else
6390 abort ();
6391 }
6392 else
6393 /* %fccN register */
6394 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
6395 return;
ab835497
RK
6396 case 'm':
6397 /* Print the operand's address only. */
6398 output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
6399 return;
6400 case 'r':
6401 /* In this case we need a register. Use %g0 if the
77a02b01 6402 operand is const0_rtx. */
76052e74
RS
6403 if (x == const0_rtx
6404 || (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode && x == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x))))
ab835497
RK
6405 {
6406 fputs ("%g0", file);
6407 return;
6408 }
6409 else
6410 break;
6411
61a55e8b 6412 case 'A':
ab835497
RK
6413 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6414 {
6415 case IOR: fputs ("or", file); break;
6416 case AND: fputs ("and", file); break;
6417 case XOR: fputs ("xor", file); break;
c725bd79 6418 default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%A operand");
ab835497
RK
6419 }
6420 return;
6421
6422 case 'B':
6423 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6424 {
6425 case IOR: fputs ("orn", file); break;
6426 case AND: fputs ("andn", file); break;
6427 case XOR: fputs ("xnor", file); break;
c725bd79 6428 default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%B operand");
ab835497
RK
6429 }
6430 return;
6431
304b7a23
DE
6432 /* These are used by the conditional move instructions. */
6433 case 'c' :
61a55e8b 6434 case 'C':
304b7a23 6435 {
5c5c34a4
JJ
6436 enum rtx_code rc = GET_CODE (x);
6437
6438 if (code == 'c')
6439 {
6440 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0));
6441 if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
6442 rc = reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (GET_CODE (x));
6443 else
6444 rc = reverse_condition (GET_CODE (x));
6445 }
304b7a23
DE
6446 switch (rc)
6447 {
6448 case NE: fputs ("ne", file); break;
6449 case EQ: fputs ("e", file); break;
6450 case GE: fputs ("ge", file); break;
6451 case GT: fputs ("g", file); break;
6452 case LE: fputs ("le", file); break;
6453 case LT: fputs ("l", file); break;
6454 case GEU: fputs ("geu", file); break;
6455 case GTU: fputs ("gu", file); break;
6456 case LEU: fputs ("leu", file); break;
6457 case LTU: fputs ("lu", file); break;
5c5c34a4
JJ
6458 case LTGT: fputs ("lg", file); break;
6459 case UNORDERED: fputs ("u", file); break;
6460 case ORDERED: fputs ("o", file); break;
6461 case UNLT: fputs ("ul", file); break;
6462 case UNLE: fputs ("ule", file); break;
6463 case UNGT: fputs ("ug", file); break;
6464 case UNGE: fputs ("uge", file); break;
6465 case UNEQ: fputs ("ue", file); break;
304b7a23 6466 default: output_operand_lossage (code == 'c'
c725bd79
NB
6467 ? "invalid %%c operand"
6468 : "invalid %%C operand");
304b7a23
DE
6469 }
6470 return;
6471 }
6472
6473 /* These are used by the movr instruction pattern. */
6474 case 'd':
61a55e8b 6475 case 'D':
304b7a23
DE
6476 {
6477 enum rtx_code rc = (code == 'd'
6478 ? reverse_condition (GET_CODE (x))
6479 : GET_CODE (x));
6480 switch (rc)
6481 {
6482 case NE: fputs ("ne", file); break;
6483 case EQ: fputs ("e", file); break;
6484 case GE: fputs ("gez", file); break;
6485 case LT: fputs ("lz", file); break;
6486 case LE: fputs ("lez", file); break;
6487 case GT: fputs ("gz", file); break;
6488 default: output_operand_lossage (code == 'd'
c725bd79
NB
6489 ? "invalid %%d operand"
6490 : "invalid %%D operand");
304b7a23
DE
6491 }
6492 return;
6493 }
61a55e8b 6494
ab835497
RK
6495 case 'b':
6496 {
6497 /* Print a sign-extended character. */
9e0625a3 6498 int i = trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (x), QImode);
ab835497
RK
6499 fprintf (file, "%d", i);
6500 return;
6501 }
6502
d2889939
RK
6503 case 'f':
6504 /* Operand must be a MEM; write its address. */
6505 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
c725bd79 6506 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%f operand");
d2889939
RK
6507 output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
6508 return;
6509
8707fe93
RH
6510 case 's':
6511 {
6512 /* Print a sign-extended 32-bit value. */
6513 HOST_WIDE_INT i;
6514 if (GET_CODE(x) == CONST_INT)
6515 i = INTVAL (x);
6516 else if (GET_CODE(x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
6517 i = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
6518 else
ffa916ba
KG
6519 {
6520 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s operand");
6521 return;
6522 }
8707fe93
RH
6523 i = trunc_int_for_mode (i, SImode);
6524 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, i);
6525 return;
6526 }
6527
ab835497
RK
6528 case 0:
6529 /* Do nothing special. */
6530 break;
6531
6532 default:
6533 /* Undocumented flag. */
415f583e 6534 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand output code");
ab835497
RK
6535 }
6536
6537 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
6538 fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
6539 else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
6540 {
6541 fputc ('[', file);
ab835497 6542 /* Poor Sun assembler doesn't understand absolute addressing. */
e6c1be7e 6543 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
ab835497
RK
6544 fputs ("%g0+", file);
6545 output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
6546 fputc (']', file);
6547 }
6548 else if (GET_CODE (x) == HIGH)
6549 {
6550 fputs ("%hi(", file);
6551 output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 0));
6552 fputc (')', file);
6553 }
6554 else if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM)
6555 {
6556 print_operand (file, XEXP (x, 0), 0);
e0d80184
DM
6557 if (TARGET_CM_MEDMID)
6558 fputs ("+%l44(", file);
6559 else
6560 fputs ("+%lo(", file);
ab835497
RK
6561 output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 1));
6562 fputc (')', file);
6563 }
e601abce
JW
6564 else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
6565 && (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
6566 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_INT))
ab835497
RK
6567 {
6568 if (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == 0)
0d9484c5 6569 fprintf (file, "%u", (unsigned int) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
ab835497
RK
6570 else if (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == -1
6571 && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0)
0d9484c5 6572 fprintf (file, "%d", (int) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
ab835497 6573 else
e601abce 6574 output_operand_lossage ("long long constant not a valid immediate operand");
ab835497 6575 }
e601abce
JW
6576 else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
6577 output_operand_lossage ("floating point constant not a valid immediate operand");
ab835497
RK
6578 else { output_addr_const (file, x); }
6579}
6580\f
301d03af
RS
6581/* Target hook for assembling integer objects. The sparc version has
6582 special handling for aligned DI-mode objects. */
ab835497 6583
301d03af
RS
6584static bool
6585sparc_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p)
6586 rtx x;
6587 unsigned int size;
6588 int aligned_p;
ab835497 6589{
301d03af
RS
6590 /* ??? We only output .xword's for symbols and only then in environments
6591 where the assembler can handle them. */
6592 if (aligned_p && size == 8
6593 && (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT && GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE))
ab835497 6594 {
301d03af 6595 if (TARGET_V9)
61a55e8b 6596 {
301d03af
RS
6597 assemble_integer_with_op ("\t.xword\t", x);
6598 return true;
61a55e8b
DE
6599 }
6600 else
6601 {
301d03af
RS
6602 assemble_aligned_integer (4, const0_rtx);
6603 assemble_aligned_integer (4, x);
6604 return true;
61a55e8b 6605 }
ab835497 6606 }
301d03af 6607 return default_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p);
ab835497 6608}
210aa14a 6609\f
b0468b84
RK
6610/* Return the value of a code used in the .proc pseudo-op that says
6611 what kind of result this function returns. For non-C types, we pick
6612 the closest C type. */
6613
77a02b01
JW
6614#ifndef SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
6615#define SHORT_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_UNIT * 2)
6616#endif
6617
6618#ifndef INT_TYPE_SIZE
6619#define INT_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
6620#endif
6621
6622#ifndef LONG_TYPE_SIZE
6623#define LONG_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
6624#endif
6625
6626#ifndef LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
6627#define LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
6628#endif
6629
6630#ifndef FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
6631#define FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
6632#endif
6633
6634#ifndef DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
6635#define DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
6636#endif
6637
6638#ifndef LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
6639#define LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
6640#endif
210aa14a
RS
6641
6642unsigned long
6643sparc_type_code (type)
6644 register tree type;
6645{
6646 register unsigned long qualifiers = 0;
e5e809f4 6647 register unsigned shift;
210aa14a 6648
abc95ed3 6649 /* Only the first 30 bits of the qualifier are valid. We must refrain from
aee2c3c5
JW
6650 setting more, since some assemblers will give an error for this. Also,
6651 we must be careful to avoid shifts of 32 bits or more to avoid getting
6652 unpredictable results. */
6653
e5e809f4 6654 for (shift = 6; shift < 30; shift += 2, type = TREE_TYPE (type))
210aa14a
RS
6655 {
6656 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6657 {
6658 case ERROR_MARK:
6659 return qualifiers;
6660
6661 case ARRAY_TYPE:
e5e809f4 6662 qualifiers |= (3 << shift);
210aa14a
RS
6663 break;
6664
6665 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
6666 case METHOD_TYPE:
e5e809f4 6667 qualifiers |= (2 << shift);
210aa14a
RS
6668 break;
6669
6670 case POINTER_TYPE:
6671 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
6672 case OFFSET_TYPE:
e5e809f4 6673 qualifiers |= (1 << shift);
210aa14a 6674 break;
ab835497 6675
210aa14a
RS
6676 case RECORD_TYPE:
6677 return (qualifiers | 8);
6678
6679 case UNION_TYPE:
b0468b84 6680 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
210aa14a
RS
6681 return (qualifiers | 9);
6682
6683 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
6684 return (qualifiers | 10);
6685
6686 case VOID_TYPE:
6687 return (qualifiers | 16);
6688
6689 case INTEGER_TYPE:
654209e6
JW
6690 /* If this is a range type, consider it to be the underlying
6691 type. */
6692 if (TREE_TYPE (type) != 0)
e5e809f4 6693 break;
654209e6 6694
77a02b01 6695 /* Carefully distinguish all the standard types of C,
b0468b84
RK
6696 without messing up if the language is not C. We do this by
6697 testing TYPE_PRECISION and TREE_UNSIGNED. The old code used to
6698 look at both the names and the above fields, but that's redundant.
6699 Any type whose size is between two C types will be considered
6700 to be the wider of the two types. Also, we do not have a
6701 special code to use for "long long", so anything wider than
6702 long is treated the same. Note that we can't distinguish
6703 between "int" and "long" in this code if they are the same
6704 size, but that's fine, since neither can the assembler. */
6705
6706 if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= CHAR_TYPE_SIZE)
6707 return (qualifiers | (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 12 : 2));
77a02b01 6708
b0468b84
RK
6709 else if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= SHORT_TYPE_SIZE)
6710 return (qualifiers | (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 13 : 3));
77a02b01 6711
b0468b84 6712 else if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= INT_TYPE_SIZE)
77a02b01
JW
6713 return (qualifiers | (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 14 : 4));
6714
b0468b84 6715 else
77a02b01
JW
6716 return (qualifiers | (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 15 : 5));
6717
210aa14a 6718 case REAL_TYPE:
e5e809f4
JL
6719 /* If this is a range type, consider it to be the underlying
6720 type. */
6721 if (TREE_TYPE (type) != 0)
6722 break;
6723
77a02b01
JW
6724 /* Carefully distinguish all the standard types of C,
6725 without messing up if the language is not C. */
b0468b84 6726
77a02b01 6727 if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE)
210aa14a 6728 return (qualifiers | 6);
b0468b84
RK
6729
6730 else
6731 return (qualifiers | 7);
210aa14a
RS
6732
6733 case COMPLEX_TYPE: /* GNU Fortran COMPLEX type. */
13d39dbc 6734 /* ??? We need to distinguish between double and float complex types,
c82aa69a
JW
6735 but I don't know how yet because I can't reach this code from
6736 existing front-ends. */
6737 return (qualifiers | 7); /* Who knows? */
6738
210aa14a
RS
6739 case CHAR_TYPE: /* GNU Pascal CHAR type. Not used in C. */
6740 case BOOLEAN_TYPE: /* GNU Fortran BOOLEAN type. */
6741 case FILE_TYPE: /* GNU Pascal FILE type. */
26902ae0 6742 case SET_TYPE: /* GNU Pascal SET type. */
210aa14a 6743 case LANG_TYPE: /* ? */
26902ae0 6744 return qualifiers;
210aa14a
RS
6745
6746 default:
6747 abort (); /* Not a type! */
6748 }
6749 }
e5e809f4
JL
6750
6751 return qualifiers;
210aa14a 6752}
ead69aea 6753\f
61a55e8b
DE
6754/* Nested function support. */
6755
6756/* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
6757 FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure code.
6758 CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function.
6759
6760 This takes 16 insns: 2 shifts & 2 ands (to split up addresses), 4 sethi
6761 (to load in opcodes), 4 iors (to merge address and opcodes), and 4 writes
6762 (to store insns). This is a bit excessive. Perhaps a different
6763 mechanism would be better here.
6764
849a528d 6765 Emit enough FLUSH insns to synchronize the data and instruction caches. */
61a55e8b
DE
6766
6767void
6768sparc_initialize_trampoline (tramp, fnaddr, cxt)
6769 rtx tramp, fnaddr, cxt;
6770{
c6b0465b
JC
6771 /* SPARC 32 bit trampoline:
6772
e0d80184
DM
6773 sethi %hi(fn), %g1
6774 sethi %hi(static), %g2
6775 jmp %g1+%lo(fn)
6776 or %g2, %lo(static), %g2
c6b0465b
JC
6777
6778 SETHI i,r = 00rr rrr1 00ii iiii iiii iiii iiii iiii
6779 JMPL r+i,d = 10dd ddd1 1100 0rrr rr1i iiii iiii iiii
6780 */
959eb758
DM
6781#ifdef TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
6782 emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "__enable_execute_stack"),
eb29ddb6 6783 LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, tramp, Pmode);
959eb758 6784#endif
c6b0465b 6785
35aa3c1c
RK
6786 emit_move_insn
6787 (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 0)),
6788 expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
6789 expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, SImode, fnaddr,
6790 size_int (10), 0, 1),
6791 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x03000000, SImode)),
6792 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
6793
6794 emit_move_insn
6795 (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 4)),
6796 expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
6797 expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, SImode, cxt,
6798 size_int (10), 0, 1),
6799 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x05000000, SImode)),
6800 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
6801
6802 emit_move_insn
6803 (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 8)),
6804 expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
6805 expand_and (SImode, fnaddr, GEN_INT (0x3ff), NULL_RTX),
6806 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x81c06000, SImode)),
6807 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
6808
6809 emit_move_insn
6810 (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 12)),
6811 expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
6812 expand_and (SImode, cxt, GEN_INT (0x3ff), NULL_RTX),
6813 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x8410a000, SImode)),
6814 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
c6b0465b 6815
c6b0465b
JC
6816 /* On UltraSPARC a flush flushes an entire cache line. The trampoline is
6817 aligned on a 16 byte boundary so one flush clears it all. */
35aa3c1c 6818 emit_insn (gen_flush (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, tramp))));
84643cbf
DM
6819 if (sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
6820 && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3)
c6b0465b
JC
6821 emit_insn (gen_flush (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
6822 plus_constant (tramp, 8)))));
61a55e8b
DE
6823}
6824
849a528d
RK
6825/* The 64 bit version is simpler because it makes more sense to load the
6826 values as "immediate" data out of the trampoline. It's also easier since
6827 we can read the PC without clobbering a register. */
6828
61a55e8b
DE
6829void
6830sparc64_initialize_trampoline (tramp, fnaddr, cxt)
6831 rtx tramp, fnaddr, cxt;
6832{
345a6161
DM
6833#ifdef TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
6834 emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "__enable_execute_stack"),
eb29ddb6 6835 LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, tramp, Pmode);
345a6161
DM
6836#endif
6837
c6b0465b 6838 /*
e0d80184
DM
6839 rd %pc, %g1
6840 ldx [%g1+24], %g5
6841 jmp %g5
6842 ldx [%g1+16], %g5
c6b0465b
JC
6843 +16 bytes data
6844 */
6845
6846 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, tramp),
e3aaacf4 6847 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x83414000, SImode)));
c6b0465b 6848 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 4)),
e3aaacf4 6849 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0xca586018, SImode)));
c6b0465b 6850 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 8)),
e3aaacf4 6851 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x81c14000, SImode)));
c6b0465b 6852 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 12)),
e3aaacf4 6853 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0xca586010, SImode)));
c6b0465b 6854 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (tramp, 16)), cxt);
345a6161 6855 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (tramp, 24)), fnaddr);
d4203cb4 6856 emit_insn (gen_flushdi (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, tramp))));
345a6161 6857
fae15c93
VM
6858 if (sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
6859 && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3)
d4203cb4 6860 emit_insn (gen_flushdi (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (tramp, 8)))));
61a55e8b
DE
6861}
6862\f
c819be5b
JW
6863/* Subroutines to support a flat (single) register window calling
6864 convention. */
6865
6866/* Single-register window sparc stack frames look like:
6867
6868 Before call After call
6869 +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+
86735b02
DE
6870 high | | | |
6871 mem | caller's temps. | | caller's temps. |
c819be5b
JW
6872 | | | |
6873 +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+
6874 | | | |
6875 | arguments on stack. | | arguments on stack. |
86735b02
DE
6876 | | | |
6877 +-----------------------+FP+92->+-----------------------+
c819be5b
JW
6878 | 6 words to save | | 6 words to save |
6879 | arguments passed | | arguments passed |
6880 | in registers, even | | in registers, even |
86735b02
DE
6881 | if not passed. | | if not passed. |
6882 SP+68->+-----------------------+FP+68->+-----------------------+
6883 | 1 word struct addr | | 1 word struct addr |
6884 +-----------------------+FP+64->+-----------------------+
6885 | | | |
6886 | 16 word reg save area | | 16 word reg save area |
6887 | | | |
6888 SP->+-----------------------+ FP->+-----------------------+
6889 | 4 word area for |
6890 | fp/alu reg moves |
6891 FP-16->+-----------------------+
6892 | |
6893 | local variables |
6894 | |
6895 +-----------------------+
6896 | |
c819be5b 6897 | fp register save |
86735b02
DE
6898 | |
6899 +-----------------------+
6900 | |
c819be5b
JW
6901 | gp register save |
6902 | |
86735b02
DE
6903 +-----------------------+
6904 | |
c819be5b 6905 | alloca allocations |
86735b02
DE
6906 | |
6907 +-----------------------+
6908 | |
c819be5b 6909 | arguments on stack |
86735b02
DE
6910 | |
6911 SP+92->+-----------------------+
c819be5b 6912 | 6 words to save |
86735b02 6913 | arguments passed |
c819be5b 6914 | in registers, even |
86735b02
DE
6915 low | if not passed. |
6916 memory SP+68->+-----------------------+
6917 | 1 word struct addr |
6918 SP+64->+-----------------------+
6919 | |
6920 I 16 word reg save area |
6921 | |
6922 SP->+-----------------------+ */
c819be5b 6923
c6aa9ce1 6924/* Structure to be filled in by sparc_flat_compute_frame_size with register
c819be5b
JW
6925 save masks, and offsets for the current function. */
6926
6927struct sparc_frame_info
6928{
6929 unsigned long total_size; /* # bytes that the entire frame takes up. */
6930 unsigned long var_size; /* # bytes that variables take up. */
6931 unsigned long args_size; /* # bytes that outgoing arguments take up. */
6932 unsigned long extra_size; /* # bytes of extra gunk. */
6933 unsigned int gp_reg_size; /* # bytes needed to store gp regs. */
6934 unsigned int fp_reg_size; /* # bytes needed to store fp regs. */
86735b02 6935 unsigned long gmask; /* Mask of saved gp registers. */
c819be5b 6936 unsigned long fmask; /* Mask of saved fp registers. */
86735b02 6937 unsigned long reg_offset; /* Offset from new sp to store regs. */
c819be5b
JW
6938 int initialized; /* Nonzero if frame size already calculated. */
6939};
6940
c6aa9ce1 6941/* Current frame information calculated by sparc_flat_compute_frame_size. */
c819be5b
JW
6942struct sparc_frame_info current_frame_info;
6943
6944/* Zero structure to initialize current_frame_info. */
6945struct sparc_frame_info zero_frame_info;
6946
6947/* Tell prologue and epilogue if register REGNO should be saved / restored. */
6948
86735b02 6949#define RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM 15
563c12b0 6950#define HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK (1 << (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
86735b02
DE
6951#define RETURN_ADDR_MASK (1 << (RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM))
6952
c819be5b 6953#define MUST_SAVE_REGISTER(regno) \
563c12b0
RH
6954 ((regs_ever_live[regno] && !call_used_regs[regno]) \
6955 || (regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && frame_pointer_needed) \
86735b02 6956 || (regno == RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM && regs_ever_live[RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM]))
c819be5b
JW
6957
6958/* Return the bytes needed to compute the frame pointer from the current
6959 stack pointer. */
6960
6961unsigned long
c6aa9ce1 6962sparc_flat_compute_frame_size (size)
c819be5b
JW
6963 int size; /* # of var. bytes allocated. */
6964{
6965 int regno;
6966 unsigned long total_size; /* # bytes that the entire frame takes up. */
6967 unsigned long var_size; /* # bytes that variables take up. */
6968 unsigned long args_size; /* # bytes that outgoing arguments take up. */
6969 unsigned long extra_size; /* # extra bytes. */
6970 unsigned int gp_reg_size; /* # bytes needed to store gp regs. */
6971 unsigned int fp_reg_size; /* # bytes needed to store fp regs. */
86735b02 6972 unsigned long gmask; /* Mask of saved gp registers. */
c819be5b 6973 unsigned long fmask; /* Mask of saved fp registers. */
86735b02
DE
6974 unsigned long reg_offset; /* Offset to register save area. */
6975 int need_aligned_p; /* 1 if need the save area 8 byte aligned. */
c819be5b
JW
6976
6977 /* This is the size of the 16 word reg save area, 1 word struct addr
6978 area, and 4 word fp/alu register copy area. */
8c64be75
SC
6979 extra_size = -STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET + FIRST_PARM_OFFSET(0);
6980 var_size = size;
6981 gp_reg_size = 0;
6982 fp_reg_size = 0;
6983 gmask = 0;
6984 fmask = 0;
6985 reg_offset = 0;
86735b02 6986 need_aligned_p = 0;
c819be5b 6987
8c64be75
SC
6988 args_size = 0;
6989 if (!leaf_function_p ())
6990 {
6991 /* Also include the size needed for the 6 parameter registers. */
6992 args_size = current_function_outgoing_args_size + 24;
6993 }
6994 total_size = var_size + args_size;
6995
c819be5b
JW
6996 /* Calculate space needed for gp registers. */
6997 for (regno = 1; regno <= 31; regno++)
6998 {
6999 if (MUST_SAVE_REGISTER (regno))
7000 {
86735b02
DE
7001 /* If we need to save two regs in a row, ensure there's room to bump
7002 up the address to align it to a doubleword boundary. */
c819be5b
JW
7003 if ((regno & 0x1) == 0 && MUST_SAVE_REGISTER (regno+1))
7004 {
7005 if (gp_reg_size % 8 != 0)
86735b02 7006 gp_reg_size += 4;
c819be5b 7007 gp_reg_size += 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
86735b02 7008 gmask |= 3 << regno;
c819be5b 7009 regno++;
86735b02 7010 need_aligned_p = 1;
c819be5b
JW
7011 }
7012 else
7013 {
7014 gp_reg_size += UNITS_PER_WORD;
86735b02 7015 gmask |= 1 << regno;
c819be5b
JW
7016 }
7017 }
7018 }
c819be5b
JW
7019
7020 /* Calculate space needed for fp registers. */
7021 for (regno = 32; regno <= 63; regno++)
7022 {
7023 if (regs_ever_live[regno] && !call_used_regs[regno])
7024 {
7025 fp_reg_size += UNITS_PER_WORD;
7026 fmask |= 1 << (regno - 32);
7027 }
7028 }
7029
86735b02
DE
7030 if (gmask || fmask)
7031 {
7032 int n;
7033 reg_offset = FIRST_PARM_OFFSET(0) + args_size;
7034 /* Ensure save area is 8 byte aligned if we need it. */
7035 n = reg_offset % 8;
7036 if (need_aligned_p && n != 0)
7037 {
7038 total_size += 8 - n;
7039 reg_offset += 8 - n;
7040 }
7041 total_size += gp_reg_size + fp_reg_size;
7042 }
c819be5b 7043
8c64be75
SC
7044 /* If we must allocate a stack frame at all, we must also allocate
7045 room for register window spillage, so as to be binary compatible
7046 with libraries and operating systems that do not use -mflat. */
7047 if (total_size > 0)
7048 total_size += extra_size;
7049 else
7050 extra_size = 0;
c819be5b
JW
7051
7052 total_size = SPARC_STACK_ALIGN (total_size);
7053
7054 /* Save other computed information. */
7055 current_frame_info.total_size = total_size;
7056 current_frame_info.var_size = var_size;
7057 current_frame_info.args_size = args_size;
7058 current_frame_info.extra_size = extra_size;
7059 current_frame_info.gp_reg_size = gp_reg_size;
7060 current_frame_info.fp_reg_size = fp_reg_size;
86735b02 7061 current_frame_info.gmask = gmask;
c819be5b 7062 current_frame_info.fmask = fmask;
86735b02 7063 current_frame_info.reg_offset = reg_offset;
c819be5b
JW
7064 current_frame_info.initialized = reload_completed;
7065
c819be5b
JW
7066 /* Ok, we're done. */
7067 return total_size;
7068}
7069\f
86735b02
DE
7070/* Save/restore registers in GMASK and FMASK at register BASE_REG plus offset
7071 OFFSET.
7072
7073 BASE_REG must be 8 byte aligned. This allows us to test OFFSET for
7074 appropriate alignment and use DOUBLEWORD_OP when we can. We assume
7075 [BASE_REG+OFFSET] will always be a valid address.
7076
7077 WORD_OP is either "st" for save, "ld" for restore.
7078 DOUBLEWORD_OP is either "std" for save, "ldd" for restore. */
c819be5b
JW
7079
7080void
96987e96
DE
7081sparc_flat_save_restore (file, base_reg, offset, gmask, fmask, word_op,
7082 doubleword_op, base_offset)
86735b02 7083 FILE *file;
b1474bb7 7084 const char *base_reg;
86735b02
DE
7085 unsigned int offset;
7086 unsigned long gmask;
7087 unsigned long fmask;
b1474bb7
KG
7088 const char *word_op;
7089 const char *doubleword_op;
c53aa195 7090 unsigned long base_offset;
c819be5b
JW
7091{
7092 int regno;
c819be5b 7093
86735b02
DE
7094 if (gmask == 0 && fmask == 0)
7095 return;
c819be5b 7096
86735b02
DE
7097 /* Save registers starting from high to low. We've already saved the
7098 previous frame pointer and previous return address for the debugger's
7099 sake. The debugger allows us to not need a nop in the epilog if at least
7100 one register is reloaded in addition to return address. */
c819be5b 7101
86735b02 7102 if (gmask)
c819be5b
JW
7103 {
7104 for (regno = 1; regno <= 31; regno++)
7105 {
86735b02 7106 if ((gmask & (1L << regno)) != 0)
c819be5b 7107 {
86735b02 7108 if ((regno & 0x1) == 0 && ((gmask & (1L << (regno+1))) != 0))
c819be5b 7109 {
86735b02
DE
7110 /* We can save two registers in a row. If we're not at a
7111 double word boundary, move to one.
7112 sparc_flat_compute_frame_size ensures there's room to do
7113 this. */
7114 if (offset % 8 != 0)
7115 offset += UNITS_PER_WORD;
7116
c819be5b 7117 if (word_op[0] == 's')
c53aa195 7118 {
e0d80184 7119 fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
c53aa195
JM
7120 doubleword_op, reg_names[regno],
7121 base_reg, offset);
0021b564 7122 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
c53aa195 7123 {
96987e96 7124 char *l = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
c53aa195
JM
7125 dwarf2out_reg_save (l, regno, offset + base_offset);
7126 dwarf2out_reg_save
7127 (l, regno+1, offset+base_offset + UNITS_PER_WORD);
7128 }
c53aa195 7129 }
c819be5b 7130 else
e0d80184 7131 fprintf (file, "\t%s\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
86735b02 7132 doubleword_op, base_reg, offset,
c819be5b
JW
7133 reg_names[regno]);
7134
86735b02 7135 offset += 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
c819be5b
JW
7136 regno++;
7137 }
7138 else
7139 {
7140 if (word_op[0] == 's')
c53aa195 7141 {
e0d80184 7142 fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
c53aa195
JM
7143 word_op, reg_names[regno],
7144 base_reg, offset);
0021b564 7145 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
c53aa195 7146 dwarf2out_reg_save ("", regno, offset + base_offset);
c53aa195 7147 }
c819be5b 7148 else
e0d80184 7149 fprintf (file, "\t%s\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
86735b02 7150 word_op, base_reg, offset, reg_names[regno]);
c819be5b 7151
86735b02 7152 offset += UNITS_PER_WORD;
c819be5b
JW
7153 }
7154 }
7155 }
7156 }
7157
7158 if (fmask)
7159 {
7160 for (regno = 32; regno <= 63; regno++)
7161 {
7162 if ((fmask & (1L << (regno - 32))) != 0)
7163 {
7164 if (word_op[0] == 's')
c53aa195 7165 {
e0d80184 7166 fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
c53aa195
JM
7167 word_op, reg_names[regno],
7168 base_reg, offset);
0021b564 7169 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
c53aa195 7170 dwarf2out_reg_save ("", regno, offset + base_offset);
c53aa195 7171 }
c819be5b 7172 else
e0d80184 7173 fprintf (file, "\t%s\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
86735b02 7174 word_op, base_reg, offset, reg_names[regno]);
c819be5b 7175
86735b02 7176 offset += UNITS_PER_WORD;
c819be5b
JW
7177 }
7178 }
7179 }
7180}
7181\f
7182/* Set up the stack and frame (if desired) for the function. */
7183
08c148a8
NB
7184static void
7185sparc_flat_function_prologue (file, size)
c819be5b 7186 FILE *file;
08c148a8 7187 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
c819be5b 7188{
99f44eba 7189 const char *sp_str = reg_names[STACK_POINTER_REGNUM];
86735b02 7190 unsigned long gmask = current_frame_info.gmask;
a07c1915 7191
1cb36a98
RH
7192 sparc_output_scratch_registers (file);
7193
c6aa9ce1 7194 /* This is only for the human reader. */
bf62bbf1 7195 fprintf (file, "\t%s#PROLOGUE# 0\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5e9defae 7196 fprintf (file, "\t%s# vars= %ld, regs= %d/%d, args= %d, extra= %ld\n",
bf62bbf1 7197 ASM_COMMENT_START,
86735b02
DE
7198 current_frame_info.var_size,
7199 current_frame_info.gp_reg_size / 4,
9f8b85b8 7200 current_frame_info.fp_reg_size / 4,
86735b02
DE
7201 current_function_outgoing_args_size,
7202 current_frame_info.extra_size);
c819be5b
JW
7203
7204 size = SPARC_STACK_ALIGN (size);
86735b02
DE
7205 size = (! current_frame_info.initialized
7206 ? sparc_flat_compute_frame_size (size)
7207 : current_frame_info.total_size);
c819be5b 7208
86735b02
DE
7209 /* These cases shouldn't happen. Catch them now. */
7210 if (size == 0 && (gmask || current_frame_info.fmask))
7211 abort ();
c819be5b 7212
86735b02
DE
7213 /* Allocate our stack frame by decrementing %sp.
7214 At present, the only algorithm gdb can use to determine if this is a
7215 flat frame is if we always set %i7 if we set %sp. This can be optimized
7216 in the future by putting in some sort of debugging information that says
7217 this is a `flat' function. However, there is still the case of debugging
7218 code without such debugging information (including cases where most fns
7219 have such info, but there is one that doesn't). So, always do this now
7220 so we don't get a lot of code out there that gdb can't handle.
7221 If the frame pointer isn't needn't then that's ok - gdb won't be able to
7222 distinguish us from a non-flat function but there won't (and shouldn't)
7223 be any differences anyway. The return pc is saved (if necessary) right
7224 after %i7 so gdb won't have to look too far to find it. */
7225 if (size > 0)
c819be5b 7226 {
86735b02 7227 unsigned int reg_offset = current_frame_info.reg_offset;
563c12b0 7228 const char *const fp_str = reg_names[HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM];
83182544 7229 static const char *const t1_str = "%g1";
86735b02
DE
7230
7231 /* Things get a little tricky if local variables take up more than ~4096
7232 bytes and outgoing arguments take up more than ~4096 bytes. When that
7233 happens, the register save area can't be accessed from either end of
7234 the frame. Handle this by decrementing %sp to the start of the gp
7235 register save area, save the regs, update %i7, and then set %sp to its
7236 final value. Given that we only have one scratch register to play
7237 with it is the cheapest solution, and it helps gdb out as it won't
7238 slow down recognition of flat functions.
7239 Don't change the order of insns emitted here without checking with
7240 the gdb folk first. */
7241
ddd5a7c1 7242 /* Is the entire register save area offsettable from %sp? */
fbd039b2 7243 if (reg_offset < 4096 - 64 * (unsigned) UNITS_PER_WORD)
86735b02
DE
7244 {
7245 if (size <= 4096)
7246 {
e0d80184 7247 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, %d, %s\n",
0d587737 7248 sp_str, (int) -size, sp_str);
563c12b0 7249 if (gmask & HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK)
86735b02 7250 {
e0d80184 7251 fprintf (file, "\tst\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
86735b02 7252 fp_str, sp_str, reg_offset);
e0d80184 7253 fprintf (file, "\tsub\t%s, %d, %s\t%s# set up frame pointer\n",
0d587737 7254 sp_str, (int) -size, fp_str, ASM_COMMENT_START);
86735b02
DE
7255 reg_offset += 4;
7256 }
7257 }
7258 else
7259 {
4a0a75dd
KG
7260 fprintf (file, "\tset\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
7261 ", %s\n\tsub\t%s, %s, %s\n",
7262 size, t1_str, sp_str, t1_str, sp_str);
563c12b0 7263 if (gmask & HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK)
86735b02 7264 {
e0d80184 7265 fprintf (file, "\tst\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
86735b02 7266 fp_str, sp_str, reg_offset);
e0d80184 7267 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, %s, %s\t%s# set up frame pointer\n",
bf62bbf1 7268 sp_str, t1_str, fp_str, ASM_COMMENT_START);
86735b02
DE
7269 reg_offset += 4;
7270 }
7271 }
0021b564 7272 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
c53aa195 7273 {
96987e96 7274 char *l = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
563c12b0 7275 if (gmask & HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK)
c53aa195 7276 {
563c12b0 7277 dwarf2out_reg_save (l, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM,
c53aa195 7278 reg_offset - 4 - size);
563c12b0 7279 dwarf2out_def_cfa (l, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, 0);
c53aa195
JM
7280 }
7281 else
7282 dwarf2out_def_cfa (l, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, size);
7283 }
86735b02
DE
7284 if (gmask & RETURN_ADDR_MASK)
7285 {
e0d80184 7286 fprintf (file, "\tst\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
86735b02 7287 reg_names[RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM], sp_str, reg_offset);
0021b564 7288 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
c53aa195 7289 dwarf2out_return_save ("", reg_offset - size);
86735b02
DE
7290 reg_offset += 4;
7291 }
7292 sparc_flat_save_restore (file, sp_str, reg_offset,
563c12b0 7293 gmask & ~(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK | RETURN_ADDR_MASK),
86735b02 7294 current_frame_info.fmask,
84e884e9 7295 "st", "std", -size);
86735b02 7296 }
c819be5b 7297 else
86735b02
DE
7298 {
7299 /* Subtract %sp in two steps, but make sure there is always a
7300 64 byte register save area, and %sp is properly aligned. */
7301 /* Amount to decrement %sp by, the first time. */
08c148a8 7302 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size1 = ((size - reg_offset + 64) + 15) & -16;
86735b02 7303 /* Offset to register save area from %sp. */
08c148a8 7304 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset = size1 - (size - reg_offset);
86735b02
DE
7305
7306 if (size1 <= 4096)
7307 {
e0d80184 7308 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, %d, %s\n",
0d587737 7309 sp_str, (int) -size1, sp_str);
563c12b0 7310 if (gmask & HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK)
86735b02 7311 {
e0d80184 7312 fprintf (file, "\tst\t%s, [%s+%d]\n\tsub\t%s, %d, %s\t%s# set up frame pointer\n",
0d587737
KG
7313 fp_str, sp_str, (int) offset, sp_str, (int) -size1,
7314 fp_str, ASM_COMMENT_START);
86735b02
DE
7315 offset += 4;
7316 }
7317 }
7318 else
7319 {
4a0a75dd
KG
7320 fprintf (file, "\tset\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
7321 ", %s\n\tsub\t%s, %s, %s\n",
7322 size1, t1_str, sp_str, t1_str, sp_str);
563c12b0 7323 if (gmask & HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK)
86735b02 7324 {
e0d80184 7325 fprintf (file, "\tst\t%s, [%s+%d]\n\tadd\t%s, %s, %s\t%s# set up frame pointer\n",
0d587737
KG
7326 fp_str, sp_str, (int) offset, sp_str, t1_str,
7327 fp_str, ASM_COMMENT_START);
86735b02
DE
7328 offset += 4;
7329 }
7330 }
0021b564 7331 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
c53aa195 7332 {
96987e96 7333 char *l = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
563c12b0 7334 if (gmask & HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK)
c53aa195 7335 {
563c12b0 7336 dwarf2out_reg_save (l, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM,
c53aa195 7337 offset - 4 - size1);
563c12b0 7338 dwarf2out_def_cfa (l, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, 0);
c53aa195
JM
7339 }
7340 else
7341 dwarf2out_def_cfa (l, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, size1);
7342 }
86735b02
DE
7343 if (gmask & RETURN_ADDR_MASK)
7344 {
e0d80184 7345 fprintf (file, "\tst\t%s, [%s+%d]\n",
0d587737 7346 reg_names[RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM], sp_str, (int) offset);
0021b564 7347 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
c53aa195
JM
7348 /* offset - size1 == reg_offset - size
7349 if reg_offset were updated above like offset. */
7350 dwarf2out_return_save ("", offset - size1);
86735b02
DE
7351 offset += 4;
7352 }
7353 sparc_flat_save_restore (file, sp_str, offset,
563c12b0 7354 gmask & ~(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK | RETURN_ADDR_MASK),
86735b02 7355 current_frame_info.fmask,
84e884e9 7356 "st", "std", -size1);
4a0a75dd
KG
7357 fprintf (file, "\tset\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
7358 ", %s\n\tsub\t%s, %s, %s\n",
7359 size - size1, t1_str, sp_str, t1_str, sp_str);
0021b564 7360 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
563c12b0 7361 if (! (gmask & HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK))
c53aa195 7362 dwarf2out_def_cfa ("", STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, size);
86735b02 7363 }
c819be5b 7364 }
c6aa9ce1 7365
bf62bbf1 7366 fprintf (file, "\t%s#PROLOGUE# 1\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
c819be5b
JW
7367}
7368\f
7369/* Do any necessary cleanup after a function to restore stack, frame,
80ffc95e 7370 and regs. */
c819be5b 7371
08c148a8
NB
7372static void
7373sparc_flat_function_epilogue (file, size)
c819be5b 7374 FILE *file;
08c148a8 7375 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
c819be5b 7376{
c819be5b
JW
7377 rtx epilogue_delay = current_function_epilogue_delay_list;
7378 int noepilogue = FALSE;
c819be5b 7379
c6aa9ce1 7380 /* This is only for the human reader. */
bf62bbf1 7381 fprintf (file, "\t%s#EPILOGUE#\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
c6aa9ce1 7382
c819be5b
JW
7383 /* The epilogue does not depend on any registers, but the stack
7384 registers, so we assume that if we have 1 pending nop, it can be
7385 ignored, and 2 it must be filled (2 nops occur for integer
7386 multiply and divide). */
7387
7388 size = SPARC_STACK_ALIGN (size);
86735b02 7389 size = (!current_frame_info.initialized
c6aa9ce1 7390 ? sparc_flat_compute_frame_size (size)
c819be5b
JW
7391 : current_frame_info.total_size);
7392
86735b02 7393 if (size == 0 && epilogue_delay == 0)
c819be5b
JW
7394 {
7395 rtx insn = get_last_insn ();
7396
7397 /* If the last insn was a BARRIER, we don't have to write any code
7398 because a jump (aka return) was put there. */
7399 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
7400 insn = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
7401 if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
7402 noepilogue = TRUE;
7403 }
7404
7405 if (!noepilogue)
7406 {
08c148a8
NB
7407 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset = current_frame_info.reg_offset;
7408 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size1;
27c38fbe 7409 const char *const sp_str = reg_names[STACK_POINTER_REGNUM];
563c12b0 7410 const char *const fp_str = reg_names[HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM];
83182544 7411 static const char *const t1_str = "%g1";
86735b02 7412
c819be5b
JW
7413 /* In the reload sequence, we don't need to fill the load delay
7414 slots for most of the loads, also see if we can fill the final
7415 delay slot if not otherwise filled by the reload sequence. */
7416
86735b02 7417 if (size > 4095)
4a0a75dd
KG
7418 fprintf (file, "\tset\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC ", %s\n",
7419 size, t1_str);
c819be5b
JW
7420
7421 if (frame_pointer_needed)
7422 {
86735b02 7423 if (size > 4095)
e0d80184 7424 fprintf (file,"\tsub\t%s, %s, %s\t\t%s# sp not trusted here\n",
bf62bbf1 7425 fp_str, t1_str, sp_str, ASM_COMMENT_START);
c819be5b 7426 else
e0d80184 7427 fprintf (file,"\tsub\t%s, %d, %s\t\t%s# sp not trusted here\n",
0d587737 7428 fp_str, (int) size, sp_str, ASM_COMMENT_START);
c819be5b
JW
7429 }
7430
ddd5a7c1 7431 /* Is the entire register save area offsettable from %sp? */
fbd039b2 7432 if (reg_offset < 4096 - 64 * (unsigned) UNITS_PER_WORD)
86735b02
DE
7433 {
7434 size1 = 0;
7435 }
7436 else
7437 {
7438 /* Restore %sp in two steps, but make sure there is always a
7439 64 byte register save area, and %sp is properly aligned. */
7440 /* Amount to increment %sp by, the first time. */
7441 size1 = ((reg_offset - 64 - 16) + 15) & -16;
7442 /* Offset to register save area from %sp. */
7443 reg_offset = size1 - reg_offset;
7444
4a0a75dd
KG
7445 fprintf (file, "\tset\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
7446 ", %s\n\tadd\t%s, %s, %s\n",
7447 size1, t1_str, sp_str, t1_str, sp_str);
86735b02
DE
7448 }
7449
7450 /* We must restore the frame pointer and return address reg first
7451 because they are treated specially by the prologue output code. */
563c12b0 7452 if (current_frame_info.gmask & HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK)
86735b02 7453 {
e0d80184 7454 fprintf (file, "\tld\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
0d587737 7455 sp_str, (int) reg_offset, fp_str);
86735b02
DE
7456 reg_offset += 4;
7457 }
7458 if (current_frame_info.gmask & RETURN_ADDR_MASK)
7459 {
e0d80184 7460 fprintf (file, "\tld\t[%s+%d], %s\n",
0d587737 7461 sp_str, (int) reg_offset, reg_names[RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM]);
86735b02
DE
7462 reg_offset += 4;
7463 }
7464
7465 /* Restore any remaining saved registers. */
7466 sparc_flat_save_restore (file, sp_str, reg_offset,
563c12b0 7467 current_frame_info.gmask & ~(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_MASK | RETURN_ADDR_MASK),
86735b02 7468 current_frame_info.fmask,
c53aa195 7469 "ld", "ldd", 0);
86735b02
DE
7470
7471 /* If we had to increment %sp in two steps, record it so the second
7472 restoration in the epilogue finishes up. */
7473 if (size1 > 0)
7474 {
7475 size -= size1;
7476 if (size > 4095)
4a0a75dd
KG
7477 fprintf (file, "\tset\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC ", %s\n",
7478 size, t1_str);
86735b02 7479 }
c819be5b 7480
c819be5b 7481 if (current_function_returns_struct)
e0d80184 7482 fprintf (file, "\tjmp\t%%o7+12\n");
c819be5b
JW
7483 else
7484 fprintf (file, "\tretl\n");
7485
7486 /* If the only register saved is the return address, we need a
7487 nop, unless we have an instruction to put into it. Otherwise
7488 we don't since reloading multiple registers doesn't reference
7489 the register being loaded. */
7490
7491 if (epilogue_delay)
7492 {
86735b02 7493 if (size)
c819be5b
JW
7494 abort ();
7495 final_scan_insn (XEXP (epilogue_delay, 0), file, 1, -2, 1);
7496 }
7497
86735b02 7498 else if (size > 4095)
e0d80184 7499 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, %s, %s\n", sp_str, t1_str, sp_str);
c819be5b 7500
86735b02 7501 else if (size > 0)
0d587737 7502 fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, %d, %s\n", sp_str, (int) size, sp_str);
c819be5b
JW
7503
7504 else
7505 fprintf (file, "\tnop\n");
7506 }
7507
7508 /* Reset state info for each function. */
7509 current_frame_info = zero_frame_info;
e0d80184
DM
7510
7511 sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors ();
c819be5b
JW
7512}
7513\f
7514/* Define the number of delay slots needed for the function epilogue.
7515
7516 On the sparc, we need a slot if either no stack has been allocated,
7517 or the only register saved is the return register. */
7518
7519int
c6aa9ce1 7520sparc_flat_epilogue_delay_slots ()
c819be5b
JW
7521{
7522 if (!current_frame_info.initialized)
c6aa9ce1 7523 (void) sparc_flat_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ());
c819be5b
JW
7524
7525 if (current_frame_info.total_size == 0)
7526 return 1;
7527
c819be5b
JW
7528 return 0;
7529}
7530
51f26c45 7531/* Return true if TRIAL is a valid insn for the epilogue delay slot.
c819be5b
JW
7532 Any single length instruction which doesn't reference the stack or frame
7533 pointer is OK. */
7534
7535int
c6aa9ce1 7536sparc_flat_eligible_for_epilogue_delay (trial, slot)
c819be5b 7537 rtx trial;
db3d4438 7538 int slot ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
c819be5b 7539{
c4ce6853
DE
7540 rtx pat = PATTERN (trial);
7541
7542 if (get_attr_length (trial) != 1)
7543 return 0;
7544
c4ce6853
DE
7545 if (! reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, pat)
7546 && ! reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, pat))
c819be5b 7547 return 1;
c4ce6853 7548
c819be5b
JW
7549 return 0;
7550}
dbb54862
JW
7551\f
7552/* Adjust the cost of a scheduling dependency. Return the new cost of
7553 a dependency LINK or INSN on DEP_INSN. COST is the current cost. */
7554
8947065c 7555static int
dbb54862
JW
7556supersparc_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep_insn, cost)
7557 rtx insn;
7558 rtx link;
7559 rtx dep_insn;
7560 int cost;
7561{
7562 enum attr_type insn_type;
7563
7564 if (! recog_memoized (insn))
7565 return 0;
7566
7567 insn_type = get_attr_type (insn);
7568
7569 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == 0)
7570 {
7571 /* Data dependency; DEP_INSN writes a register that INSN reads some
7572 cycles later. */
7573
7574 /* if a load, then the dependence must be on the memory address;
3bc8b61e
DM
7575 add an extra "cycle". Note that the cost could be two cycles
7576 if the reg was written late in an instruction group; we ca not tell
dbb54862
JW
7577 here. */
7578 if (insn_type == TYPE_LOAD || insn_type == TYPE_FPLOAD)
7579 return cost + 3;
7580
7581 /* Get the delay only if the address of the store is the dependence. */
7582 if (insn_type == TYPE_STORE || insn_type == TYPE_FPSTORE)
7583 {
7584 rtx pat = PATTERN(insn);
7585 rtx dep_pat = PATTERN (dep_insn);
7586
7587 if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET)
3bc8b61e 7588 return cost; /* This should not happen! */
dbb54862
JW
7589
7590 /* The dependency between the two instructions was on the data that
7591 is being stored. Assume that this implies that the address of the
7592 store is not dependent. */
7593 if (rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (dep_pat), SET_SRC (pat)))
7594 return cost;
7595
7596 return cost + 3; /* An approximation. */
7597 }
7598
7599 /* A shift instruction cannot receive its data from an instruction
7600 in the same cycle; add a one cycle penalty. */
7601 if (insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
7602 return cost + 3; /* Split before cascade into shift. */
7603 }
7604 else
7605 {
7606 /* Anti- or output- dependency; DEP_INSN reads/writes a register that
7607 INSN writes some cycles later. */
7608
7609 /* These are only significant for the fpu unit; writing a fp reg before
7610 the fpu has finished with it stalls the processor. */
7611
7612 /* Reusing an integer register causes no problems. */
7613 if (insn_type == TYPE_IALU || insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
7614 return 0;
7615 }
7616
7617 return cost;
7618}
bfd6bc60 7619
8947065c
RH
7620static int
7621hypersparc_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep_insn, cost)
7622 rtx insn;
7623 rtx link;
7624 rtx dep_insn;
7625 int cost;
7626{
7627 enum attr_type insn_type, dep_type;
7628 rtx pat = PATTERN(insn);
7629 rtx dep_pat = PATTERN (dep_insn);
7630
7631 if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0 || recog_memoized (dep_insn) < 0)
7632 return cost;
7633
7634 insn_type = get_attr_type (insn);
7635 dep_type = get_attr_type (dep_insn);
7636
7637 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (link))
7638 {
7639 case 0:
7640 /* Data dependency; DEP_INSN writes a register that INSN reads some
7641 cycles later. */
7642
7643 switch (insn_type)
7644 {
7645 case TYPE_STORE:
7646 case TYPE_FPSTORE:
80ffc95e 7647 /* Get the delay iff the address of the store is the dependence. */
8947065c
RH
7648 if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET)
7649 return cost;
7650
7651 if (rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (dep_pat), SET_SRC (pat)))
7652 return cost;
7653 return cost + 3;
7654
7655 case TYPE_LOAD:
7656 case TYPE_SLOAD:
7657 case TYPE_FPLOAD:
7658 /* If a load, then the dependence must be on the memory address. If
7659 the addresses aren't equal, then it might be a false dependency */
7660 if (dep_type == TYPE_STORE || dep_type == TYPE_FPSTORE)
7661 {
7662 if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET
7663 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (dep_pat)) != MEM
7664 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)) != MEM
7665 || ! rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SET_DEST (dep_pat), 0),
7666 XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0)))
7667 return cost + 2;
7668
7669 return cost + 8;
7670 }
7671 break;
7672
7673 case TYPE_BRANCH:
7674 /* Compare to branch latency is 0. There is no benefit from
7675 separating compare and branch. */
7676 if (dep_type == TYPE_COMPARE)
7677 return 0;
7678 /* Floating point compare to branch latency is less than
7679 compare to conditional move. */
7680 if (dep_type == TYPE_FPCMP)
7681 return cost - 1;
7682 break;
3bb5de61
KG
7683 default:
7684 break;
8947065c
RH
7685 }
7686 break;
7687
7688 case REG_DEP_ANTI:
80ffc95e 7689 /* Anti-dependencies only penalize the fpu unit. */
8947065c
RH
7690 if (insn_type == TYPE_IALU || insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
7691 return 0;
7692 break;
7693
7694 default:
7695 break;
7696 }
7697
7698 return cost;
7699}
7700
c237e94a 7701static int
8947065c
RH
7702sparc_adjust_cost(insn, link, dep, cost)
7703 rtx insn;
7704 rtx link;
7705 rtx dep;
7706 int cost;
7707{
7708 switch (sparc_cpu)
7709 {
7710 case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
7711 cost = supersparc_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep, cost);
7712 break;
7713 case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
7714 case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
7715 cost = hypersparc_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep, cost);
7716 break;
8947065c
RH
7717 default:
7718 break;
7719 }
7720 return cost;
7721}
7722
fae15c93
VM
7723static void
7724sparc_sched_init (dump, sched_verbose, max_ready)
7725 FILE *dump ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7726 int sched_verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7727 int max_ready ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3bc8b61e 7728{
3bc8b61e 7729}
fae15c93 7730
3bc8b61e 7731static int
fae15c93 7732sparc_use_dfa_pipeline_interface ()
3bc8b61e 7733{
fae15c93
VM
7734 if ((1 << sparc_cpu) &
7735 ((1 << PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC) | (1 << PROCESSOR_CYPRESS) |
7736 (1 << PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC) | (1 << PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC) |
7737 (1 << PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X) | (1 << PROCESSOR_TSC701) |
7738 (1 << PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3)))
7739 return 1;
3bc8b61e
DM
7740 return 0;
7741}
7742
fae15c93
VM
7743static int
7744sparc_use_sched_lookahead ()
7745{
7746 if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
7747 || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3)
7748 return 4;
7749 if ((1 << sparc_cpu) &
7750 ((1 << PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC) | (1 << PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC) |
7751 (1 << PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X)))
7752 return 3;
3bc8b61e
DM
7753 return 0;
7754}
7755
fae15c93 7756static int
bfd6bc60
JC
7757sparc_issue_rate ()
7758{
7759 switch (sparc_cpu)
7760 {
fae15c93
VM
7761 default:
7762 return 1;
7763 case PROCESSOR_V9:
284d86e9 7764 /* Assume V9 processors are capable of at least dual-issue. */
bfd6bc60 7765 return 2;
fae15c93
VM
7766 case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
7767 return 3;
393049a9
RH
7768 case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
7769 case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
7770 return 2;
fae15c93
VM
7771 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
7772 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
7773 return 4;
bfd6bc60
JC
7774 }
7775}
284d86e9
JC
7776
7777static int
4df1190a
JJ
7778set_extends (insn)
7779 rtx insn;
284d86e9
JC
7780{
7781 register rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
7782
7783 switch (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)))
7784 {
80ffc95e 7785 /* Load and some shift instructions zero extend. */
284d86e9
JC
7786 case MEM:
7787 case ZERO_EXTEND:
7788 /* sethi clears the high bits */
7789 case HIGH:
7790 /* LO_SUM is used with sethi. sethi cleared the high
7791 bits and the values used with lo_sum are positive */
7792 case LO_SUM:
284d86e9
JC
7793 /* Store flag stores 0 or 1 */
7794 case LT: case LTU:
7795 case GT: case GTU:
7796 case LE: case LEU:
7797 case GE: case GEU:
7798 case EQ:
7799 case NE:
7800 return 1;
7801 case AND:
7802 {
4df1190a 7803 rtx op0 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0);
284d86e9
JC
7804 rtx op1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 1);
7805 if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
7806 return INTVAL (op1) >= 0;
4df1190a
JJ
7807 if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
7808 return 0;
7809 if (sparc_check_64 (op0, insn) == 1)
284d86e9 7810 return 1;
4df1190a
JJ
7811 return (GET_CODE (op1) == REG && sparc_check_64 (op1, insn) == 1);
7812 }
7813 case IOR:
7814 case XOR:
7815 {
7816 rtx op0 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0);
7817 rtx op1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 1);
7818 if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG || sparc_check_64 (op0, insn) <= 0)
7819 return 0;
7820 if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
7821 return INTVAL (op1) >= 0;
7822 return (GET_CODE (op1) == REG && sparc_check_64 (op1, insn) == 1);
284d86e9 7823 }
284d86e9
JC
7824 case LSHIFTRT:
7825 return GET_MODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == SImode;
80ffc95e 7826 /* Positive integers leave the high bits zero. */
284d86e9 7827 case CONST_DOUBLE:
4df1190a 7828 return ! (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (SET_SRC (pat)) & 0x80000000);
284d86e9 7829 case CONST_INT:
4df1190a 7830 return ! (INTVAL (SET_SRC (pat)) & 0x80000000);
284d86e9
JC
7831 case ASHIFTRT:
7832 case SIGN_EXTEND:
7833 return - (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == SImode);
4df1190a
JJ
7834 case REG:
7835 return sparc_check_64 (SET_SRC (pat), insn);
284d86e9
JC
7836 default:
7837 return 0;
7838 }
7839}
7840
80ffc95e 7841/* We _ought_ to have only one kind per function, but... */
e2500fed
GK
7842static GTY(()) rtx sparc_addr_diff_list;
7843static GTY(()) rtx sparc_addr_list;
e0d80184
DM
7844
7845void
7846sparc_defer_case_vector (lab, vec, diff)
7847 rtx lab, vec;
7848 int diff;
7849{
7850 vec = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, lab, vec);
7851 if (diff)
7852 sparc_addr_diff_list
7853 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, vec, sparc_addr_diff_list);
7854 else
7855 sparc_addr_list = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, vec, sparc_addr_list);
7856}
7857
7858static void
7859sparc_output_addr_vec (vec)
7860 rtx vec;
7861{
7862 rtx lab = XEXP (vec, 0), body = XEXP (vec, 1);
7863 int idx, vlen = XVECLEN (body, 0);
7864
d1accaa3
JJ
7865#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START
7866 ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START (asm_out_file);
7867#endif
7868
e0d80184
DM
7869#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL
7870 ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab),
7871 NEXT_INSN (lab));
7872#else
4977bab6 7873 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab));
e0d80184
DM
7874#endif
7875
7876 for (idx = 0; idx < vlen; idx++)
7877 {
7878 ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT
7879 (asm_out_file, CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body, 0, idx), 0)));
7880 }
d1accaa3
JJ
7881
7882#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END
7883 ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END (asm_out_file);
7884#endif
e0d80184
DM
7885}
7886
7887static void
7888sparc_output_addr_diff_vec (vec)
7889 rtx vec;
7890{
7891 rtx lab = XEXP (vec, 0), body = XEXP (vec, 1);
7892 rtx base = XEXP (XEXP (body, 0), 0);
7893 int idx, vlen = XVECLEN (body, 1);
7894
d1accaa3
JJ
7895#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START
7896 ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START (asm_out_file);
7897#endif
7898
e0d80184
DM
7899#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL
7900 ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab),
7901 NEXT_INSN (lab));
7902#else
4977bab6 7903 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab));
e0d80184
DM
7904#endif
7905
7906 for (idx = 0; idx < vlen; idx++)
7907 {
7908 ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT
7909 (asm_out_file,
7910 body,
7911 CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body, 1, idx), 0)),
7912 CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (base));
7913 }
d1accaa3
JJ
7914
7915#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END
7916 ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END (asm_out_file);
7917#endif
e0d80184
DM
7918}
7919
7920static void
7921sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors ()
7922{
7923 rtx t;
d676da68 7924 int align;
e0d80184 7925
f3b8847b
DM
7926 if (sparc_addr_list == NULL_RTX
7927 && sparc_addr_diff_list == NULL_RTX)
7928 return;
7929
e0d80184
DM
7930 /* Align to cache line in the function's code section. */
7931 function_section (current_function_decl);
d676da68
DM
7932
7933 align = floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
7934 if (align > 0)
f3b8847b 7935 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
e0d80184
DM
7936
7937 for (t = sparc_addr_list; t ; t = XEXP (t, 1))
7938 sparc_output_addr_vec (XEXP (t, 0));
7939 for (t = sparc_addr_diff_list; t ; t = XEXP (t, 1))
7940 sparc_output_addr_diff_vec (XEXP (t, 0));
7941
7942 sparc_addr_list = sparc_addr_diff_list = NULL_RTX;
7943}
7944
284d86e9
JC
7945/* Return 0 if the high 32 bits of X (the low word of X, if DImode) are
7946 unknown. Return 1 if the high bits are zero, -1 if the register is
7947 sign extended. */
7948int
7949sparc_check_64 (x, insn)
7950 rtx x, insn;
7951{
7952 /* If a register is set only once it is safe to ignore insns this
7953 code does not know how to handle. The loop will either recognize
7954 the single set and return the correct value or fail to recognize
7955 it and return 0. */
7956 int set_once = 0;
4df1190a
JJ
7957 rtx y = x;
7958
7959 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
7960 abort ();
7961
7962 if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
7963 y = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (x) + WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN);
284d86e9 7964
4df1190a
JJ
7965 if (flag_expensive_optimizations
7966 && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (y)) == 1)
284d86e9
JC
7967 set_once = 1;
7968
7969 if (insn == 0)
d6f4ec51
KG
7970 {
7971 if (set_once)
7972 insn = get_last_insn_anywhere ();
7973 else
7974 return 0;
7975 }
284d86e9 7976
d6f4ec51 7977 while ((insn = PREV_INSN (insn)))
284d86e9
JC
7978 {
7979 switch (GET_CODE (insn))
7980 {
7981 case JUMP_INSN:
7982 case NOTE:
7983 break;
7984 case CODE_LABEL:
7985 case CALL_INSN:
7986 default:
7987 if (! set_once)
7988 return 0;
7989 break;
7990 case INSN:
7991 {
7992 rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
7993 if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET)
7994 return 0;
7995 if (rtx_equal_p (x, SET_DEST (pat)))
4df1190a
JJ
7996 return set_extends (insn);
7997 if (y && rtx_equal_p (y, SET_DEST (pat)))
7998 return set_extends (insn);
7999 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (pat), y))
284d86e9
JC
8000 return 0;
8001 }
8002 }
8003 }
8004 return 0;
8005}
8006
01d3224a
EB
8007/* Returns assembly code to perform a DImode shift using
8008 a 64-bit global or out register on SPARC-V8+. */
284d86e9
JC
8009char *
8010sparc_v8plus_shift (operands, insn, opcode)
8011 rtx *operands;
8012 rtx insn;
b1474bb7 8013 const char *opcode;
284d86e9
JC
8014{
8015 static char asm_code[60];
8016
01d3224a
EB
8017 /* The scratch register is only required when the destination
8018 register is not a 64-bit global or out register. */
8019 if (which_alternative != 2)
284d86e9 8020 operands[3] = operands[0];
01d3224a 8021
c6b0465b
JC
8022 if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT)
8023 {
4df1190a 8024 output_asm_insn ("mov\t%1, %3", operands);
c6b0465b
JC
8025 }
8026 else
8027 {
4df1190a 8028 output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H1, 32, %3", operands);
c6b0465b 8029 if (sparc_check_64 (operands[1], insn) <= 0)
4df1190a
JJ
8030 output_asm_insn ("srl\t%L1, 0, %L1", operands);
8031 output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %3, %3", operands);
c6b0465b 8032 }
284d86e9
JC
8033
8034 strcpy(asm_code, opcode);
01d3224a 8035
284d86e9 8036 if (which_alternative != 2)
4df1190a 8037 return strcat (asm_code, "\t%0, %2, %L0\n\tsrlx\t%L0, 32, %H0");
284d86e9 8038 else
4df1190a 8039 return strcat (asm_code, "\t%3, %2, %3\n\tsrlx\t%3, 32, %H0\n\tmov\t%3, %L0");
284d86e9 8040}
2be15d0f 8041\f
89a8b315
RH
8042/* Output rtl to increment the profiler label LABELNO
8043 for profiling a function entry. */
2be15d0f
RH
8044
8045void
89a8b315 8046sparc_profile_hook (labelno)
2be15d0f
RH
8047 int labelno;
8048{
8049 char buf[32];
89a8b315 8050 rtx lab, fun;
2be15d0f 8051
89a8b315
RH
8052 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LP", labelno);
8053 lab = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (buf));
8054 fun = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MCOUNT_FUNCTION);
2be15d0f 8055
eb29ddb6 8056 emit_library_call (fun, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, lab, Pmode);
2be15d0f 8057}
89a8b315 8058\f
ede75ee8 8059#ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
7c262518 8060static void
715bdd29 8061sparc_elf_asm_named_section (name, flags)
7c262518
RH
8062 const char *name;
8063 unsigned int flags;
7c262518 8064{
201556f0
JJ
8065 if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
8066 {
8067 /* entsize cannot be expressed in this section attributes
8068 encoding style. */
8069 default_elf_asm_named_section (name, flags);
8070 return;
8071 }
8072
7c262518
RH
8073 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t\"%s\"", name);
8074
8075 if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
8076 fputs (",#alloc", asm_out_file);
8077 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
8078 fputs (",#write", asm_out_file);
8079 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
8080 fputs (",#execinstr", asm_out_file);
8081
8082 /* ??? Handle SECTION_BSS. */
8083
8084 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
8085}
ede75ee8 8086#endif /* OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */
f451b552 8087
4977bab6
ZW
8088/* We do not allow sibling calls if -mflat, nor
8089 we do not allow indirect calls to be optimized into sibling calls.
8090
8091 Also, on sparc 32-bit we cannot emit a sibling call when the
8092 current function returns a structure. This is because the "unimp
8093 after call" convention would cause the callee to return to the
8094 wrong place. The generic code already disallows cases where the
8095 function being called returns a structure.
8096
8097 It may seem strange how this last case could occur. Usually there
8098 is code after the call which jumps to epilogue code which dumps the
8099 return value into the struct return area. That ought to invalidate
8100 the sibling call right? Well, in the c++ case we can end up passing
8101 the pointer to the struct return area to a constructor (which returns
8102 void) and then nothing else happens. Such a sibling call would look
8103 valid without the added check here. */
8104static bool
8105sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall (decl, exp)
8106 tree decl;
8107 tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8108{
8109 return (decl
8110 && ! TARGET_FLAT
8111 && (TARGET_ARCH64 || ! current_function_returns_struct));
8112}
8113
ae46c4e0
RH
8114/* ??? Similar to the standard section selection, but force reloc-y-ness
8115 if SUNOS4_SHARED_LIBRARIES. Unclear why this helps (as opposed to
8116 pretending PIC always on), but that's what the old code did. */
8117
8118static void
8119sparc_aout_select_section (t, reloc, align)
8120 tree t;
8121 int reloc;
8122 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align;
8123{
508bc172 8124 default_select_section (t, reloc | SUNOS4_SHARED_LIBRARIES, align);
ae46c4e0
RH
8125}
8126
b64a1b53
RH
8127/* Use text section for a constant unless we need more alignment than
8128 that offers. */
8129
8130static void
8131sparc_aout_select_rtx_section (mode, x, align)
8132 enum machine_mode mode;
8133 rtx x;
8134 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align;
8135{
8136 if (align <= MAX_TEXT_ALIGN
8137 && ! (flag_pic && (symbolic_operand (x, mode)
8138 || SUNOS4_SHARED_LIBRARIES)))
8139 readonly_data_section ();
8140 else
8141 data_section ();
8142}
8143
f451b552
DM
8144int
8145sparc_extra_constraint_check (op, c, strict)
8146 rtx op;
eb29ddb6 8147 int c;
f451b552
DM
8148 int strict;
8149{
8150 int reload_ok_mem;
8151
8152 if (TARGET_ARCH64
8153 && (c == 'T' || c == 'U'))
8154 return 0;
8155
8156 switch (c)
8157 {
8158 case 'Q':
8159 return fp_sethi_p (op);
8160
8161 case 'R':
8162 return fp_mov_p (op);
8163
8164 case 'S':
8165 return fp_high_losum_p (op);
8166
8167 case 'U':
8168 if (! strict
8169 || (GET_CODE (op) == REG
8170 && (REGNO (op) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8171 || reg_renumber[REGNO (op)] >= 0)))
8172 return register_ok_for_ldd (op);
8173
8174 return 0;
8175
8176 case 'W':
8177 case 'T':
8178 break;
8179
8180 default:
8181 return 0;
8182 }
8183
8184 /* Our memory extra constraints have to emulate the
8185 behavior of 'm' and 'o' in order for reload to work
8186 correctly. */
8187 if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
8188 {
8189 reload_ok_mem = 0;
8190 if ((TARGET_ARCH64 || mem_min_alignment (op, 8))
8191 && (! strict
8192 || strict_memory_address_p (Pmode, XEXP (op, 0))))
8193 reload_ok_mem = 1;
8194 }
8195 else
8196 {
8197 reload_ok_mem = (reload_in_progress
8198 && GET_CODE (op) == REG
8199 && REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8200 && reg_renumber [REGNO (op)] < 0);
8201 }
8202
8203 return reload_ok_mem;
8204}
2ce04b6b 8205
214c6394
DM
8206/* ??? This duplicates information provided to the compiler by the
8207 ??? scheduler description. Some day, teach genautomata to output
8208 ??? the latencies and then CSE will just use that. */
8209
3c50106f
RH
8210static bool
8211sparc_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code, total)
2ce04b6b 8212 rtx x;
3c50106f 8213 int code, outer_code, *total;
2ce04b6b
DM
8214{
8215 switch (code)
8216 {
214c6394
DM
8217 case PLUS: case MINUS: case ABS: case NEG:
8218 case FLOAT: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
8219 case FIX: case UNSIGNED_FIX:
8220 case FLOAT_EXTEND: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
8221 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
8222 {
8223 switch (sparc_cpu)
8224 {
8225 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
8226 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
3c50106f
RH
8227 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
8228 return true;
214c6394
DM
8229
8230 case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
3c50106f
RH
8231 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
8232 return true;
214c6394
DM
8233
8234 case PROCESSOR_CYPRESS:
3c50106f
RH
8235 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
8236 return true;
214c6394
DM
8237
8238 case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
8239 case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
8240 default:
3c50106f
RH
8241 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8242 return true;
214c6394
DM
8243 }
8244 }
8245
3c50106f
RH
8246 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8247 return true;
214c6394
DM
8248
8249 case SQRT:
8250 switch (sparc_cpu)
8251 {
8252 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
8253 if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
3c50106f 8254 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (13);
214c6394 8255 else
3c50106f
RH
8256 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (23);
8257 return true;
214c6394
DM
8258
8259 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
8260 if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
3c50106f 8261 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
214c6394 8262 else
3c50106f
RH
8263 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (29);
8264 return true;
214c6394
DM
8265
8266 case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
3c50106f
RH
8267 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (12);
8268 return true;
214c6394
DM
8269
8270 case PROCESSOR_CYPRESS:
3c50106f
RH
8271 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (63);
8272 return true;
214c6394
DM
8273
8274 case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
8275 case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
3c50106f
RH
8276 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (17);
8277 return true;
214c6394
DM
8278
8279 default:
3c50106f
RH
8280 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (30);
8281 return true;
214c6394
DM
8282 }
8283
8284 case COMPARE:
8285 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
8286 {
8287 switch (sparc_cpu)
8288 {
8289 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
8290 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
3c50106f
RH
8291 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8292 return true;
214c6394
DM
8293
8294 case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
3c50106f
RH
8295 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
8296 return true;
214c6394
DM
8297
8298 case PROCESSOR_CYPRESS:
3c50106f
RH
8299 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
8300 return true;
214c6394
DM
8301
8302 case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
8303 case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
8304 default:
3c50106f
RH
8305 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8306 return true;
214c6394
DM
8307 }
8308 }
8309
8310 /* ??? Maybe mark integer compares as zero cost on
8311 ??? all UltraSPARC processors because the result
8312 ??? can be bypassed to a branch in the same group. */
8313
3c50106f
RH
8314 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8315 return true;
214c6394 8316
2ce04b6b 8317 case MULT:
214c6394
DM
8318 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
8319 {
8320 switch (sparc_cpu)
8321 {
8322 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
8323 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
3c50106f
RH
8324 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
8325 return true;
214c6394
DM
8326
8327 case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
3c50106f
RH
8328 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
8329 return true;
214c6394
DM
8330
8331 case PROCESSOR_CYPRESS:
3c50106f
RH
8332 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (7);
8333 return true;
214c6394
DM
8334
8335 case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
8336 case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
3c50106f
RH
8337 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8338 return true;
214c6394
DM
8339
8340 default:
3c50106f
RH
8341 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
8342 return true;
214c6394
DM
8343 }
8344 }
8345
8346 /* The latency is actually variable for Ultra-I/II
8347 And if one of the inputs have a known constant
8348 value, we could calculate this precisely.
8349
8350 However, for that to be useful we would need to
8351 add some machine description changes which would
8352 make sure small constants ended up in rs1 of the
8353 multiply instruction. This is because the multiply
8354 latency is determined by the number of clear (or
8355 set if the value is negative) bits starting from
8356 the most significant bit of the first input.
8357
8358 The algorithm for computing num_cycles of a multiply
8359 on Ultra-I/II is:
8360
8361 if (rs1 < 0)
8362 highest_bit = highest_clear_bit(rs1);
8363 else
8364 highest_bit = highest_set_bit(rs1);
8365 if (num_bits < 3)
8366 highest_bit = 3;
8367 num_cycles = 4 + ((highest_bit - 3) / 2);
8368
8369 If we did that we would have to also consider register
8370 allocation issues that would result from forcing such
8371 a value into a register.
8372
8373 There are other similar tricks we could play if we
8374 knew, for example, that one input was an array index.
8375
8376 Since we do not play any such tricks currently the
8377 safest thing to do is report the worst case latency. */
2ce04b6b 8378 if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC)
3c50106f
RH
8379 {
8380 *total = (GET_MODE (x) == DImode
8381 ? COSTS_N_INSNS (34) : COSTS_N_INSNS (19));
8382 return true;
8383 }
2ce04b6b 8384
214c6394 8385 /* Multiply latency on Ultra-III, fortunately, is constant. */
2ce04b6b 8386 if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3)
3c50106f
RH
8387 {
8388 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (6);
8389 return true;
8390 }
2ce04b6b 8391
214c6394
DM
8392 if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC
8393 || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X)
3c50106f
RH
8394 {
8395 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (17);
8396 return true;
8397 }
214c6394 8398
3c50106f
RH
8399 *total = (TARGET_HARD_MUL ? COSTS_N_INSNS (5) : COSTS_N_INSNS (25));
8400 return true;
2ce04b6b
DM
8401
8402 case DIV:
8403 case UDIV:
8404 case MOD:
8405 case UMOD:
214c6394
DM
8406 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
8407 {
8408 switch (sparc_cpu)
8409 {
8410 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
8411 if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
3c50106f 8412 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (13);
214c6394 8413 else
3c50106f
RH
8414 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (23);
8415 return true;
214c6394
DM
8416
8417 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
8418 if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
3c50106f 8419 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (17);
214c6394 8420 else
3c50106f
RH
8421 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
8422 return true;
214c6394
DM
8423
8424 case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
8425 if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
3c50106f 8426 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (6);
214c6394 8427 else
3c50106f
RH
8428 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (9);
8429 return true;
214c6394
DM
8430
8431 case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
8432 case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
8433 if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
3c50106f 8434 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (8);
214c6394 8435 else
3c50106f
RH
8436 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (12);
8437 return true;
214c6394
DM
8438
8439 default:
3c50106f
RH
8440 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (7);
8441 return true;
214c6394
DM
8442 }
8443 }
8444
2ce04b6b 8445 if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC)
3c50106f
RH
8446 *total = (GET_MODE (x) == DImode
8447 ? COSTS_N_INSNS (68) : COSTS_N_INSNS (37));
8448 else if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3)
8449 *total = (GET_MODE (x) == DImode
8450 ? COSTS_N_INSNS (71) : COSTS_N_INSNS (40));
8451 else
8452 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (25);
8453 return true;
2ce04b6b 8454
214c6394
DM
8455 case IF_THEN_ELSE:
8456 /* Conditional moves. */
8457 switch (sparc_cpu)
8458 {
8459 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
3c50106f
RH
8460 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
8461 return true;
214c6394
DM
8462
8463 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
8464 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
3c50106f 8465 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
214c6394 8466 else
3c50106f
RH
8467 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
8468 return true;
214c6394
DM
8469
8470 default:
3c50106f
RH
8471 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8472 return true;
214c6394
DM
8473 }
8474
8475 case MEM:
8476 /* If outer-code is SIGN/ZERO extension we have to subtract
8477 out COSTS_N_INSNS (1) from whatever we return in determining
8478 the cost. */
8479 switch (sparc_cpu)
8480 {
8481 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
8482 if (outer_code == ZERO_EXTEND)
3c50106f 8483 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
214c6394 8484 else
3c50106f
RH
8485 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
8486 return true;
214c6394
DM
8487
8488 case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
8489 if (outer_code == ZERO_EXTEND)
8490 {
8491 if (GET_MODE (x) == QImode
8492 || GET_MODE (x) == HImode
8493 || outer_code == SIGN_EXTEND)
3c50106f 8494 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
214c6394 8495 else
3c50106f 8496 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
214c6394
DM
8497 }
8498 else
8499 {
8500 /* This handles sign extension (3 cycles)
8501 and everything else (2 cycles). */
3c50106f 8502 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
214c6394 8503 }
3c50106f 8504 return true;
214c6394
DM
8505
8506 case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
8507 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x))
8508 || outer_code == ZERO_EXTEND
8509 || outer_code == SIGN_EXTEND)
3c50106f 8510 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (0);
214c6394 8511 else
3c50106f
RH
8512 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8513 return true;
214c6394
DM
8514
8515 case PROCESSOR_TSC701:
8516 if (outer_code == ZERO_EXTEND
8517 || outer_code == SIGN_EXTEND)
3c50106f 8518 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
214c6394 8519 else
3c50106f
RH
8520 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
8521 return true;
214c6394
DM
8522
8523 case PROCESSOR_CYPRESS:
8524 if (outer_code == ZERO_EXTEND
8525 || outer_code == SIGN_EXTEND)
3c50106f 8526 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
214c6394 8527 else
3c50106f
RH
8528 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
8529 return true;
214c6394
DM
8530
8531 case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
8532 case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
8533 default:
8534 if (outer_code == ZERO_EXTEND
8535 || outer_code == SIGN_EXTEND)
3c50106f 8536 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (0);
214c6394 8537 else
3c50106f
RH
8538 *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
8539 return true;
214c6394 8540 }
2ce04b6b
DM
8541
8542 case CONST_INT:
8543 if (INTVAL (x) < 0x1000 && INTVAL (x) >= -0x1000)
3c50106f
RH
8544 {
8545 *total = 0;
8546 return true;
8547 }
8548 /* FALLTHRU */
2ce04b6b 8549
2ce04b6b 8550 case HIGH:
3c50106f
RH
8551 *total = 2;
8552 return true;
2ce04b6b
DM
8553
8554 case CONST:
8555 case LABEL_REF:
8556 case SYMBOL_REF:
3c50106f
RH
8557 *total = 4;
8558 return true;
2ce04b6b
DM
8559
8560 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3c50106f
RH
8561 if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode
8562 && ((XINT (x, 3) == 0
8563 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) XINT (x, 2) < 0x1000)
8564 || (XINT (x, 3) == -1
8565 && XINT (x, 2) < 0
8566 && XINT (x, 2) >= -0x1000)))
8567 *total = 0;
8568 else
8569 *total = 8;
8570 return true;
2ce04b6b
DM
8571
8572 default:
3c50106f
RH
8573 return false;
8574 }
2ce04b6b 8575}
fb49053f 8576
e133041b
RH
8577/* Output code to add DELTA to the first argument, and then jump to FUNCTION.
8578 Used for C++ multiple inheritance. */
8579
c590b625 8580static void
3961e8fe 8581sparc_output_mi_thunk (file, thunk_fndecl, delta, vcall_offset, function)
e133041b
RH
8582 FILE *file;
8583 tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8584 HOST_WIDE_INT delta;
3961e8fe 8585 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
e133041b
RH
8586 tree function;
8587{
8588 rtx this, insn, funexp, delta_rtx, tmp;
8589
8590 reload_completed = 1;
8591 no_new_pseudos = 1;
8592 current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs = 1;
8593
8594 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END);
8595
8596 /* Find the "this" pointer. Normally in %o0, but in ARCH64 if the function
8597 returns a structure, the structure return pointer is there instead. */
8598 if (TARGET_ARCH64 && aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function))))
8599 this = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST + 1);
8600 else
8601 this = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
8602
8603 /* Add DELTA. When possible use a plain add, otherwise load it into
8604 a register first. */
8605 delta_rtx = GEN_INT (delta);
8606 if (!SPARC_SIMM13_P (delta))
8607 {
8608 rtx scratch = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
8609 if (TARGET_ARCH64)
8610 sparc_emit_set_const64 (scratch, delta_rtx);
8611 else
8612 sparc_emit_set_const32 (scratch, delta_rtx);
8613 delta_rtx = scratch;
8614 }
8615
8616 tmp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, this, delta_rtx);
8617 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, this, tmp));
8618
8619 /* Generate a tail call to the target function. */
8620 if (! TREE_USED (function))
8621 {
8622 assemble_external (function);
8623 TREE_USED (function) = 1;
8624 }
8625 funexp = XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0);
8626 funexp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, funexp);
8627 insn = emit_call_insn (gen_sibcall (funexp));
8628 SIBLING_CALL_P (insn) = 1;
8629 emit_barrier ();
8630
8631 /* Run just enough of rest_of_compilation to get the insns emitted.
8632 There's not really enough bulk here to make other passes such as
8633 instruction scheduling worth while. Note that use_thunk calls
8634 assemble_start_function and assemble_end_function. */
8635 insn = get_insns ();
a2855205 8636 insn_locators_initialize ();
e133041b
RH
8637 shorten_branches (insn);
8638 final_start_function (insn, file, 1);
8639 final (insn, file, 1, 0);
8640 final_end_function ();
8641
8642 reload_completed = 0;
8643 no_new_pseudos = 0;
8644}
e2500fed
GK
8645
8646#include "gt-sparc.h"
This page took 2.770525 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.